Class Schedule

Use the navigation menu below to see the classes offered for the selected quarter. The default is fall quarter 2014. To see classes for another quarter, be sure to select that quarter under "Quarter." Be careful to note which campus a class is at. If you do not want classes from a certain campus, unselect that campus under "location."

The number of seats available is refreshed every thirty minutes.

Hybrid classes meet both in person and online. If a hybrid class meets daily, it does not necessarily meet in-person every day.

Quarter

Instructor


Keywords


Starting After

Ending Before

Credits

Location

Availability



Other Offerings

Adult Basic Education Classes

Continuing Ed Classes

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I

ACCT&201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49D2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, including a study of the accounting cycle and the use of special journals. Focus is on double entry accounting system and financial statement preparation. Covers transactions for a business organized as a sole proprietorship and the effects of transactions on balance sheet accounts. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II

ACCT&202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4932 11/20 Sept. 23, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Covers fundamentals of accounting theory and practice, continued from ACCT& 201. Focus is on issues related to businesses organized as a partnership or corporation and their effects on balance sheet accounts. Also covers investment, dissolution and distribution of income. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Hybrid.

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING III

ACCT&203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49F2 1/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces the theory of cost accounting and an analysis of accounting data as a part of the managerial process of planning, decision-making and control. Emphasis is given to job order, process, standard-cost accounting data, and the preparation and use of budgets and internal control reports necessary for making economic decisions for manufacturing businesses. Prerequisite: ACCT& 201 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25. Web enhanced

BASIC MATHEMATICS; BASIC PHYSICS; WEIGHT & BALANCES

ACM 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09B2 0/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Arranged
0902 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Perform all of the mathematical computations required in the Advanced Composite Manufacturing curriculum. Understand the scientific principles that apply to the operation of aircraft, engines and the equipment that the Advanced Composite Manufacturers will be in daily contact with. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the importance of weight and balance to aircraft safety, and make all of the required calculations for weight and balance checks, equipment changes, extreme loading checks and the addition of ballast. Additional Fee: $45.00

BLUEPRINTS, DRAWINGS, AND PRECISION MEASURING

ACM 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09F2 0/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Arranged
0912 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 119

Credits: 4

Determine and identify dimensions of a part from drawings, including orthographic and isometric projections. Sketch objects/parts in either orthographic or isometric views. Additional Fee: $45.00

MATERIALS AND PROCESSES/LAB & EQUIPMENT SAFETY

ACM 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09G2 0/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Perse, B. Arranged
0922 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Mensonides, J. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Advanced Composite Manufacturing students will identify and determine the proper use of fasteners, demonstrate a basic understanding of aircraft hardware identification and terminology, lab safety and the proper use of tools, calculate/apply torque values, and perform precision measurements. Additional Fee: $45.00

COMPOSITE FABRICATION

ACM 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0932 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Learn manufacturing methods and processes commonly used for the fabrication of composite materials. Instruction includes material choices, fabrication techniques, material handling and safety procedures. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the benefits and limitations of composite material
  • Be familiar with the common manufacturing processes for composite
  • Identify and utilize the materials to construct a composite laminate
  • Identify and utilize all ancillary materials needed to construct a composite laminate
  • Understand basic tooling techniques as in mold and trim fixtures
  • Understand and demonstrate proper material handling protocols
  • Understand and demonstrate safe use of materials and chemicals

COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY

ACM 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0942 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Identify and utilize appropriate materials and processes to assemble structures made of composite materials. Includes room temperature and elevated temperature bonding, drilling, countersinking, and installing mechanical fasteners and potted fasteners. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand common assembly techniques
  • Perform proper bolt assembly tasks
  • Understand bonded assembly manufacturing techniques
  • Identify materials used in bonded assemblies
  • Perform the tasks required to manufacture a bonded assembly
  • Identify tools and fasteners used in bolted assemblies
  • Follow safe work practices

COMPOSITE REPAIR

ACM 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0952 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 4

Inspect, test, and repair composite structures. This course explains how imperfections affect composite properties and provides hands-on training for the repair of defects. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and evaluate damage on composite structures
  • Prepare the structure for proper repair
  • Identify the materials required in the repair
  • Perform the tasks required in assembling the repair
  • Safely use the chemicals and materials
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the necessity to follow proper repair techniques and protocols

SPECIAL PROJECTS

ACM 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0962 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Daily Conway, J. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 3

Develops skills in print reading, project planning, layout, distortion control, fixturing and other fabrication techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest and/or as assigned. Additional Fee: $45.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create or Interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component models, parts and assemblies for a student designed part/project
  • Create a manufacturing plan for prototype or production, demonstrating knowledge of scope work, balanced lay-ups and issues related to a given part
  • Fabricate tooling layup mandrel (mold)
  • Fabricate part using layup mandrel to faithfully represent design
  • Indicate techniques used to prevent voids and other laminate draws
  • Demonstrate competency in vacuum bagging technique
  • Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment

FUNDAMENTALS OF COLLISION REPAIR

ACT 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9602 13/12 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 3

Explores career safety, industry certifications, vehicle construction and an overview of the career field. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Summarize the collision repair industry, the major areas of repair in a collision repair facility and describe the basic procedures for repairing a collision damaged vehicle, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List the types of safety concerns common to a collision repair facility and explain how to avoid shop accidents, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe safety practices designed to avoid fire and explosions, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Know the sources of professional training and certification, and their benefits, including I-CAR and ASE, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Define the most important parts of a vehicle, and explain body design and frame variations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify different types of vehicle construction and major structural parts, sections, and assemblies with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Summarize how vehicles are classifies by body, engine, and drive train configurations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

BODY SHOP EQUIPMENT

ACT 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9612 13/12 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 3

Covers operating hand tools, power tools, and shop equipment. Explores air systems and their design and function. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify, explain the use of, properly select, store and maintain general purpose hand tools as well as collision repair hand tools, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain and demonstrate the proper safety precautions and procedures applied to tools and equipment in the collision repair industry, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify, explain the use of, properly select, store and maintain power tools and equipment found in a collision repair facility, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain the many types of measurements needed in collision repair, compare different measuring systems and make accurate measurements using tools common to the industry, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Understand and demonstrate the importance and use of printed and/or computerized service information, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Summarize how vehicles are classifies by body, engine, and drive train configurations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

WELDING, HEATING, AND CUTTING

ACT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9622 13/12 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 4

Covers the skills of welding, heating, and cutting as they relate to the collision industry. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe when to use and when NOT to use certain welding or heating processes for collision repair, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • List and practice safety precautions and correct usage procedures for welding or heating in collision repair, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Summarize proper MIG welder setup and demonstrate correct MIG welding technique, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities, students will be able to describe the differences in MIG electrode wire and be able to explain the variables for making a quality MIG weld, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe various MIG welds and joints as well as explain resistance spot welding processes, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe various fasteners and their uses in vehicle construction, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain when specific fasteners are used in vehicle construction, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain bolt and nut torque values as well as identify various types of clamps and miscellaneous fasteners, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

PLASTIC/SMC REPAIR

ACT 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9632 13/12 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 4

Explores plastic, fiberglass, and SMC repairs as they relate to the collision industry. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • List and identify typical plastics and composites used in vehicle construction, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe the basic repair procedures for plastics using both welding and adhesive repair technique, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Perform repairs to plastic and fiber glass reinforced plastic body parts, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

GLASS, TRIM & HARDWARE

ACT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9642 13/12 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Covers the practical skills used to repair/replace door locks and windows and to repair water leaks on car and truck bodies, interior parts, and door skin. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Remove, replace, and adjust doors as well as door regulations, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Replace SMC, welded and adhesive-bonded door skins, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Remove & install windshields and other stationary glass as well as find and fix air or water leaks, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe gasket, full cutout, and partial cutout glass replacement procedures, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Describe the basics of vent window and tailgate door glass service with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Identify as well as remove and install major components of a vehicle interior, including: seats, dash panels, carpeting and instrument clusters, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

INTRODUCTION TO METAL STRAIGHTENING

ACT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9652 13/12 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 3

Introduces basic body-panel straightening techniques. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the different types of metal used in vehicle construction, explain their strength ratings and summarize the deformation effects of impact on steel with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Understand the use of common body repair hand tools and be able to straighten metal with them, with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Understand and be able to apply the basic techniques and proper procedures for the use of plastic body filler with a minimum of 70% accuracy

Collision Estimating

ACT 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9662 15/15 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how damage repair estimates are determined with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Describe the basic procedures (p-pages) of writing up an estimate with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Describe the method of determining the repairability of a damaged vehicle with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Explain the difference between flat-rate labor time and overlap labor time when estimating labor costs with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Convert flat-rate into dollars; roughly estimate the time required for repairing a given collision repair with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • List skills to become a good, responsible technician with desirable traits for job success with a minimum 70% accuracy

REFINISH EQUIPMENT PREPARATION

ACT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9672 15/15 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 6

Covers paint-shop equipment and painting fundamentals. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the spray painting equipment used in auto refinishing, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Know how a spray gun works, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify the basic techniques of good spray painting and recognize variables that influence the quality of the spray finish, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Clean and properly care for a spray gun, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify the various types of spray coats and determine when and how to make spot repairs, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Identify situations for which HVLP and airbrushes are recommended, with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Explain operation of spray booths and respirators with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

PRE-PRIME PREPARATION

ACT 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9682 15/15 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Explores corrosion protections and vehicle refinish preparation. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Determine whether or not the existing finish is defect free and adheres soundly to the automobile: they will also recognize the surface defects that require additional surface preparations. The student will be able to describe the three methods of removing a deteriorated paint film with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy
  • Prepare existing paint films a bare metal substrates for refinishing, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Determine when to apply a primer, a primer-sealer, a primer-surfacer or glazing putty when to apply with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Define corrosion and describe the factors involved in rust formation; describe the anti-corrosive application equipment for specific applications with a minimum of 70 percent accuracy

POST-PRIME PREPARATION

ACT 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9692 15/15 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 301

Credits: 5

Explores final preparations, blocking and final sanding for application of topcoat. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Prepare plastic parts for refinishing, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Mask a vehicle for various paint applications, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Block sand to a level surface, with a minimum 70% accuracy
  • Seal for topcoat, with a minimum 70% accuracy

BOOKKEEPING I

ACTG 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49A2 12/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online
4902 19/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWThF Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Introduces fundamental principles of full-cycle, double-entry accounting, including maintaining journals, ledgers, and banking records to prepare basic financial statements for service and retail businesses organized as sole proprietorships or partnerships. Covers basics of payroll accounting and payroll tax reports. Explores the concepts and terminology required to perform specific accounting functions accurately. Additional Fee: $25.00.

BOOKKEEPING II

ACTG 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4912 25/20 Oct. 30, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWThF Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Introduces continued principles of full cycle, double-entry accounting. Covers specialty issues such as uncollectible accounts, depreciation, inventory, notes, interest, accruals, and end-of- period work for corporations. Explores concepts and terminology required to perform specific accounting functions accurately. Prerequisite: ACTG 110

ELECTRONIC BUSINESS MATH

ACTG 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49B2 22/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 2

Covers business math applications including payroll, percents, merchandising, consumer credit, simple and compound interest, prorating, stocks and bonds, and the metric system. Students will use the keyboard functions and the touch method of electronic calculator operation. Prerequisite: COMPASS score equivalent to completion of MAT 82 and ENG 82 or higher, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

ACCOUNTING SPREADSHEETS I

ACTG 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4922 25/20 Sept. 23, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWF Dorum, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 5

Introduces electronic spreadsheets (Microsoft Office Excel). Covers creating business forms and spreadsheets to prepare financial statements. Prerequisite: CAS 105, CAS 120 or instructor approval. Concurrent with ACTG 110 or instructor approval.

PAYROLL & BUSINESS TAXES

ACTG 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49C2 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dorum, L. Online

Credits: 5

Provides practice in all payroll operations, the recording of accounting entries involving payroll, and the preparation of required payroll and business tax returns. Covers the concepts, laws, and terminology required to perform specific payroll accounting functions. Prerequisite: ACTG 110 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II LAB

ACTG 212

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4942 12/20 Sept. 24, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. W Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 3

Provides instructional activities that support material covered in ACCT& 202 in a supervised lab environment. Concurrent with ACCT& 202. Prerequisite: ACTG 211 or instructor approval.

ACCOUNTING SPREADSHEETS II

ACTG 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49K2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Provides advanced instruction in electronic worksheets, various business spreadsheets, 3-D worksheets, and various functions, including the conditional function and accounting schedules. Prerequisite: ACTG 135 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

BUSINESS OFFICE I

ACTG 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4952 12/20 Oct. 2, 2014 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisites: ACTG 143, ACTG 235, CAS 120, and ACCT& 201, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $48.75

BUSINESS OFFICE II

ACTG 262

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4962 1/20 Oct. 2, 2014 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for students to experience and participate in a realistic office environment by providing financial statements, completing financial examinations, preparing payroll, and furnishing other similar financial accounting work products to the public. Prerequisite: ACTG 260 Additional Fee: $48.75

INTERNSHIP I

ACTG 271

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4972 2/20 Oct. 2, 2014 12 p.m. 2 p.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Provides students with practical on-the-job field experience. Program offers students a way to combine classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Work experience must be related to the student’s educational and career objectives. Must be approved by the instructor and includes a weekly seminar component. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $25.00

INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING

ACTG 291

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49H2 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online
4982 18/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 5

Continues the study of the fundamentals of individual income tax accounting theory and practice, including a detailed study of the rules and regulations for preparation of the most common forms and schedules, preparation of these forms and schedules, tax laws in the United States, and the differences between GA AP and income tax accounting. Prerequisite: ACTG 222 and ACCT& 201, or instructor approval. Concurrent with ACTG 293.

INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING LAB

ACTG 293

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49J2 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online
4992 17/20 Sept. 23, 2014 10:30 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWThF Cooke, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 216

Credits: 5

Provides a supervised setting, with instructional support, to apply understanding of federal individual income- tax rules and regulations to specific tax problems. Prerequisite: ACTG 222 and ACCT& 201, or instructor approval. Concurrent with ACTG 291.

BASIC MATHEMATICS, PHYSICS, AND WEIGHT & BALANCE

AMT 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4402 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Perform all of the mathematical computations required in the Aviation Maintenance Technician curriculum. Understand the scientific principles that apply to the operation of aircraft, engines and the equipment that the aviation maintenance technician will be in daily contact with. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the importance of weight and balance to aircraft safety, and make all of the required calculations for weight and balance checks, equipment changes, extreme loading checks, and the addition of ballast. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Extract roots and raise numbers to a given power
  • Determine areas and volumes of various geometrical shapes
  • Solve ratio, proportion, and percentage problems
  • Perform algebraic operations involving addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of positive and negative numbers
  • Use and understand the principles of simple machines; sound, fluid and heat dynamics; basic aerodynamics; aircraft structures; and theory of flight
  • Weigh aircraft
  • Perform complete weight-and-balance check and record data

AIRCRAFT DRAWINGS, CLEANING, CORROSION CONTROL,GROUND OPERATIONS & SERVICING, FLUID LINES & FITTINGS, MATERIALS & PROCESSES

AMT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4412 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Sketch aircraft repairs and alterations and understand information presented on typical aircraft blueprints, graphs, and charts. Recognize types of corrosion and know their causes, identify and use the proper materials and processes to remove corrosion byproducts, treat corroded areas, and apply proper protection. Gain a thorough understanding of the importance of safe ground handling procedures, aircraft movement, and storage, and identify aviation fuels. Identify fluid line components, fabricate rigid and flexible fluid lines, and properly install fluid lines on aircraft. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Use aircraft drawings, symbols, and system schematics
  • Draw sketches of repairs and alterations
  • Use blueprint information
  • Use graphs and charts
  • Identify and select cleaning materials
  • Inspect, identify, remove and treat aircraft corrosion and perform aircraft cleaning
  • Start, grounds operate, move, service and secure aircraft and identify typical ground operation hazards,
  • Identify and select fuels
  • Fabricate and install rigid and flexible fluid lines and fittings

MATERIALS & PROCESSES

AMT 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4422 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 5

Learn about identification and selection of non-destructive testing methods, dye-penetrant, eddy current, ultra-sound, and magnetic particle inspections, as well as basic heat-treated processes, aircraft hardware, and materials. Inspect and check welds. Perform precision measurements. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect and repair a radial engine
  • Overhaul reciprocating engine
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair reciprocating engines and engine installations

MAINTENANCE FORMS & RECORDS, PUBLICATIONS AND MECHANICS, PRIVILEGES & LIMITATIONS

AMT 127

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4442 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Doyon, G. South Hill Campus Room 116

Credits: 4

Utilize maintenance records and entries, maintenance forms, and inspection reports. Requires reading, comprehension, and application of information from the FAA and manufacturer’s maintenance specifications, data sheets, manuals, publications, related FAA regulations, airworthiness directives, and advisory material. Apply mechanic privileges within the limitations prescribed by FAR Part 65. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Write descriptions of work performed including aircraft discrepancies and corrective actions using typical aircraft maintenance records
  • Complete required maintenance forms, records, and inspection reports
  • Demonstrate ability to read, comprehend, and apply information contained in FAA and manufacturers’ aircraft maintenance specifications, data sheets, manuals, publications, and related FEDERAL Aviation Regulations, Airworthiness Directives, and Advisory material
  • Read technical data

WOOD STRUCTURES, AIRCRAFT COVERINGS, AND FINISHES

AMT 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4452 20/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 3

Covers wood aircraft construction, repair, and inspection. Students will select, apply, inspect, test, and repair aircraft fabric and fiberglass covering materials. Become familiar with types of aircraft protective coatings, trim applications, markings, finish problems, and the inspection of finishes. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Service and repair wood structures
  • Identify wood defects
  • Inspect wood structures
  • Select and apply fabric and fiberglass covering materials
  • Inspect, test, and repair fabric and fiberglass
  • Apply trim, letters, and touch up paint
  • Identify and select aircraft finishing materials
  • Apply finishing materials
  • Inspect finishes and identify defects

AIRCRAFT SHEET METAL STRUCTURES

AMT 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4462 20/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 4

Inspection and repair of all types of sheet metal. Information regarding the fabrication, construction and repair of sheet-metal aircraft structures. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select, install, and remove special fasteners for metallic structures
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair windows, doors, and interior furnishings
  • Inspect and repair sheet-metal structures
  • Install conventional rivets
  • Form, lay out, and bend sheet metal
  • Weld magnesium and titanium
  • Solder stainless steel
  • Fabricate tubular structures
  • Solder, braze, gas-weld, and arc-weld steel
  • Weld aluminum and stainless steel

WELDING, POSITION & WARNING SYSTEMS

AMT 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4472 20/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 3

Principles regarding the fabrication, construction and repair of welded aircraft structures. Principles of operation of speed and configuration warning systems, electrical brake controls, anti-skid systems, and landing-gear position indicating and warning systems. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Inspect, check, and service speed and configuration warning systems, electrical brake controls, and anti-skid systems
  • Weld magnesium and titanium. Solder stainless steel. Fabricate tubular structures. Solder, braze, gas-weld, and arc-weld steel. Weld aluminum and stainless steel
  • Inspect, check, troubleshoot, and service landing gear position indicating and warning systems

AIRCRAFT NON-METALIC STRUCTURES

AMT 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4482 20/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 4

Covers inspection and repair of all types of non-metallic and composite structures, including transparent plastic enclosures and interiors. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select, install, and remove special fasteners for metallic, bonded, and composite structures. Inspect bonded structures
  • Inspect, test, and repair fiberglass, plastics, honeycomb, composite, and laminated primary and secondary structures
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair windows, doors, and interior furnishings

AIRCRAFT INSPECTIONS

AMT 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44A2 19/19 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Lecture, demonstration and practical application are used to train the student in the methods and techniques of all phases of aircraft inspections, federal aviation regulations, maintenance record entries and disposition of those records. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Perform airframe conformity inspections
  • Perform airframe airworthiness inspections

ASSEMBLY & RIGGING

AMT 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44B2 20/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Potter, M. South Hill Campus Room 117

Credits: 4

Covers basic information regarding the assembly of aircraft, components, rigging of all flight control surfaces, balancing and inspection of flight controls, alignment of aircraft structures, and jacking of aircraft. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Rig rotary-wing and fixed-wing aircraft
  • Check alignment of structures
  • Assemble aircraft components, including flight control surfaces. Balance, rig, and inspect movable primary and secondary flight control surfaces
  • Jack aircraft

HELICOPTER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

AMT 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44C2 20/19 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers history, operations, regulations, publications, records, special-use equipment and basic maintenance fundamentals as they relate to rotorcraft. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Locate and interpret information in a Federal Aviation Regulation, Airworthiness Directive, manufactures service bulletin, and a Type Certificate Data Sheet
  • Check a manufactures maintenance, overhaul, or parts manual for a list of effective pages (LOEP) Locate the list of life limited parts using manufactures data. Complete a component historical card (hardcard)
  • Make weight and balance computations on a helicopter
  • Check for proper gear engagement pattern(print) on a gear box. Measure tooth wear on a straight tooth gear using measuring pins. Identify the thrust side of a ball bearing
  • Ground handle a helicopter
  • Determine the frequency of lubrication using a lubrication chart. Check helicopter component for correct lubricant level. Select correct lubricant for a helicopter component
  • Determine and set the correct clamp-up torque for a fastener on a helicopter component.
  • Safety fasteners on a helicopter structure or component

BASIC ROTOR SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

AMT 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44D2 20/19 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers history of rotorcraft and principles of flight, types and function of rotor systems, overhaul of rotor hub assemblies, installation and static balancing of rotors, types and function of anti-torque control systems, and inspection of rotor blades using manufacturer’s data. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Overhaul a main rotor hub assembly, and Service a main rotor hub assembly with the correct lubricant
  • Determine status of life limited parts on a main rotor assembly. Determine special inspection requirements after a main rotor strike
  • Adjust a pitch change link to its nominal length
  • Clean a main rotor blade. Visually inspect a main rotor blade for defects. Perform a non-destructive inspection on a main rotor blade. Classify repairs on a main rotor blade
  • Install a main rotor blade on a hub assembly. Measure angle of incidence. Static align a main rotor assembly. Static balance a main rotor assembly. Remove a main rotor blade from a hub assembly
  • Determine status of life limited parts on a tail rotor assembly. Remove a tail rotor blade from a hub assembly Install a tail rotor blade on a hub assembly
  • Overhaul a tail rotor hub assembly
  • Determine special inspection requirements after a tail rotor strike
  • Clean a tail rotor blade. Visually inspect a tail rotor blade for defects. Perform a non-destructive inspection on a tail rotor blade. Classify repairs on a tail rotor blade
  • Static balance a tail rotor assembly

ADVANCED ROTOR SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

AMT 212

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44F2 20/19 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers vibration analysis, installation and dynamic balancing of rotor systems, tracking of helicopter rotor blades, principles of helicopter autorotation and adjustment of autorotation RPM for power-off operations. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Identify main and tail rotor vibrations according to frequency and direction
  • Track a main rotor using the strobe method, and dynamically balance a main rotor assembly
  • Track a tail rotor using the strobe method, and dynamically balance a tail rotor assembly
  • Calculate trim tab track adjustments, pitch change link and trim tab track adjustments, and required autorotation rpm

HELICOPTER SYSTEMS

AMT 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44G2 20/19 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Creech, D. South Hill Campus Room 118

Credits: 4

Covers helicopter power plants and controls; fuel systems, turbine fuels, and fuel system components; oil systems and types of oils; mechanical drives, clutches, drive shafts, freewheeling units, and transmissions; flight controls, hydraulic, and instrument systems; rotor rpm, engine out, and master caution and warning systems; electrical systems, NiCad batteries, and starter generators; fuselage structures; and landing gear. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. Student must read the detailed requirements for each Performance Objective contained in the FAA approved Project Guide. The Project Guide is located in each instructional area for student use. Specific grading criteria for each Performance Objective is listed in the Project Guide. In all cases the FAA APPROVED CURRICULUM has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Understand the evolution of helicopter powerplants to include: the different types of reciprocating engines used in helicopters both opposed and radial designs, the changes required to adapt airplane reciprocating engines for use in helicopters, the changes in lubrication systems to allow vertical mounting, and the need to modify the cooling systems. Turbine engines to include the differences between single and twin spool turbine engines, the direct drive turboshaft , and the turboshaft with a free turbine. How to identify turbine engines used in helicopters, and the characteristics of different types of turbine engines
  • Identify types of fuels used in helicopters to include; different aviation gasoline's, and aviation turbine fuels. Understand safety considerations to include; the material hazards, storage, fueling, and defueling operations
  • Identify and select different types of reciprocating and turbine engine oils. Comply with safety rules that apply to material handling, storage, and disposal of oil
  • Identify the types of helicopter clutches, locate the clutch, explain engagement procedures, and hazards of clutches. Troubleshoot common clutch problems
  • Understand helicopter flight controls to include the function of collective, cyclic ,and anti-torque control systems. The purpose and function of hydraulic boosted flight controls. the function of a helicopter swashplate, and stabilizer bar assembly. Be able to rig, inspect, and maintain helicopter flight controls
  • Understand the purpose and function of hydraulic flight control system components. Operation and Maintenance of system components to include; Hydraulic filter assembly, pressure regulator, control valve, hydraulic servos, and hydraulic Lock and Load Limiters. Purpose and function of a hydraulic rotor brake system, and maintenance of system components
  • Understand helicopter instrument and warning systems to include; Rotor Rpm indicating and warning systems, transmission indicating and warning systems, and engine indicating and warning systems. Be able to troubleshoot common instrument and warning system problems

POWERPLANT RECIPROCATING ENGINE THEORY

AMT 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44H2 16/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 6

Covers the history of aircraft engines, principles of energy transformation, theory of operation, engine requirements and configuration, and overhaul of horizontally opposed engines. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of this course the learner will be able to: complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Inspect and repair a radial engine
  • Overhaul reciprocating engine
  • Inspect, check, service, and repair reciprocating engines and engine installations

POWERPLANT MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION

AMT 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44J2 17/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 6

Powerplant maintenance and operation consists of theory of operation; engine requirements, configuration and installation; and troubleshooting and removal of horizontally opposed engines. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given the lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Install, troubleshoot, and remove reciprocating engines

ENGINE FUEL SYSTEMS AND FIRE PROTECTION

AMT 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44K2 17/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 1

Fuel systems and fire protection consists of transformation of energy, chemistry of combustion and thermal efficiency of fuel-air mixtures. Fire protection covers the components and the operation of fire detection and extinguishing equipment. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of this course the learner will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Repair engine fuel system components
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair engine fuel systems
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair fire detection, and extinguishing systems

ENGINE FUEL METERING SYSTEMS

AMT 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
44L2 17/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Vick, P. South Hill Campus Room 120

Credits: 5

Fuel metering consists of the principles of fuel metering for float carbs, pressure carb, fuel injection, detonate injection, turbine fuel controls and electronic engine fuel controls. Additional Fee: $50.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given lecture and lab activities the student will be able to complete each student performance objective to the level of proficiency required by FAR Part 147. In all cases the FAA Approved curriculum has precedence. This document is not FAA approved and is intended as a guide only
  • Troubleshoot and adjust turbine engine fuel metering systems and electronic engine fuel controls
  • Overhaul carburetor
  • Repair engine fuel metering system components
  • Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair reciprocating and turbine engine fuel metering systems

DRAFTING & DESIGN

ARC 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6302 15/15 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. M Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
632A 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. M Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Overview of floor plans, line types, and line weights, introduction to media, computer-aided drafting, codes, basic design concepts, and presentation drawings and techniques. Additional fee: $10.00. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills. Web enhanced.

RESIDENTIAL DESIGN & DRAFTING

ARC 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6312 4/3 Sept. 23, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. T Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Overview of basic residential design and specialized floor plans and exterior and interior elevations. Prerequisites: ARC 123. Additional Fee: $10.00. Web enhanced.

ARCHITECTURAL REPORTING II

ARC 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6322 2/0 Sept. 24, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. W Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
632P 0/0 Sept. 24, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. W Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Includes investigation, research, diagrams, and report preparation on basic framing systems in house construction. Prerequisites: ARC 141. Additional Fee: $10.00. Web enhanced.

DRAFTING TECHNOLOGIES I

ARC 171

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6332 15/15 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. MW Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
632D 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. MW Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Basic manual drafting skills, orthographics, isometrics, and roof plans for basic design and construction necessary for residential design. Includes printing completed drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

INTRODUCTION TO AUTOCAD

ARC 181

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
632N 0/0 Nov. 3, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MTWTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6342 15/15 Nov. 3, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MTWTh Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based AutoCAD applications to produce basic design and production drawings and details, and to save and print drawings on industry-standard hardware. Prerequisites: English reading with comprehension, composition, and basic verbal skills and basic keyboarding skills (30 wpm), or instructor permission. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

DESIGN PROJECT I

ARC 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6352 9/9 Sept. 25, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Th Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Project management and design of basic architectural drafting project. Project includes a one-story house and placement on a subdivision lot, conforming to regulatory codes, hypothetical client needs, and established schedules. Students will produce a complete set of computer-drafted and engineered construction drawings. Students will give effective oral reports of progress. Prerequisites: ARC 173, ARC 181. Additional Fee: $10.00. Web enhanced.

EMPLOYMENT RESEARCH

ARC 253

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
632Y 1/0 Sept. 25, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. Th Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6362 7/6 Sept. 25, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:45 a.m. Th Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 2

Basic job-seeking skill activities, including résumé preparation, employer contacts, presentation activities, and employment opportunities. Additional Fee: $35.00, Web enhanced.

INTRODUCTION TO THREE-DIMENSIONAL MODELING

ARC 262

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6372 6/3 Sept. 25, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Th Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 3

Advanced concepts and sketches of residential projects using Google Sketch-Up. Prerequisites: ARC 181. Additional Fee: $10.00. Web enhanced.

BUILDING INFORMATION MODELING

ARC 283

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
632B 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203
6382 6/5 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Muir, C. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Use Windows-based Revit applications to produce three-dimensional building models and production drawings. Explores integration of building systems in a three-dimensional virtual environment. Prerequisites: ARC 262, 281. Additional Fee: $35.00. Web enhanced.

ENGINEERING STATICS

ARC 293

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6392 5/6 Sept. 23, 2014 10 a.m. 11:15 a.m. TTh Lamb, D. Bldg. 19, Rm. 203

Credits: 5

Beam loading, shear and moment diagrams, analysis, calculations, and selection of wood members for light framing. Material stress is computed. Prerequisites: ARC 125, MAT 105 or higher. Additional Fee: $10.00. Web enhanced.

FUNDAMENTALS OF SHOP EQUIPMENT

ARCF 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1702 4/4 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 3

Covers shop safety, fundamentals of tool use, and proper use of shop equipment. Additional Fee: $44.25. Instructor permission required.

WELDING & METAL SKILLS

ARCF 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1712 4/4 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 4

Covers welding, heating, and cutting techniques, using MIG and oxyacetylene equipment. Students will learn safe handling and correct metal-forming techniques of sheet metal. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

BASIC REPAIRS AND ASSEMBLY

ARCF 114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1722 4/4 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 8

Covers basic repair and assembly procedures for bolt-on body components. Additional Fee: $68.00. Instructor permission required.

CUSTOM FABRICATION

ARCF 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1732 6/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Explores basic customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

REFINISHING EQUIPMENT

ARCF 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1742 1/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 4

Explores refinishing equipment use and maintenance. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

REFINISH PREPARATION

ARCF 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1752 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 7

Explores corrosion protection and vehicle refinish preparation. Additional Fee: $63.25. Instructor permission required.

ADVANCED PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1762 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 6

Covers application of advanced masking, topcoat shading, and graphics on a restoration or custom project. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

FIBERGLASS/COMPOSITES TECHNIQUES

ARCF 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1772 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Further develop skills in customizing techniques used on original factory parts, as well as fabrication of custom parts. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

CUSTOM REFINISHING

ARCF 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1782 3/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 6

Covers topcoat, clear coat and custom refinishing. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS/SHOW AND SHINE

ARCF 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1792 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 4

Covers paint-application problem solving and show detailing. Additional Fee: $49.00. Instructor permission required.

AUTOMOTIVE RESTORATION & CUSTOM LAB

ARCF 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17A2 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 9

Finish projects and competencies in restoration and/or customizing. Nine credits in summer quarter; variable credit other three quarters. Additional Fee: $72.75. Instructor permission required.

METAL STRENGTHENING AND SHAPING

ARCF 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17B2 2/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 6

Metal straightening and shaping techniques on a custom or restoration project. Additional Fee: $58.50. Instructor permission required.

CUSTOM PAINT APPLICATION

ARCF 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17C2 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 306

Credits: 3

Covers application of custom masking, topcoat shading, and graphics. Additional Fee: $44.25. Instructor permission required.

APPLIED METAL SKILLS

ARCF 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17D2 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Freeman, K. Bldg. 03, Rm. 307

Credits: 3

Covers application of previously acquired metal skills as they relate to the student’s project work. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $44.25.

CUSTOM REFINISHING - SPECIAL PROJECTS

ARCF 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
17F2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Richards, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 401

Credits: 6

Develop skills in advanced custom and/or restoration techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest, as assigned, and/or job shadowing. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $58.50.

ART APPRECIATION

ART& 100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0501 20/25 Sept. 25, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online

Credits: 5

Introduction to the diversity of the art world from ancient civilizations to contemporary society. A discussion of art terminology and methods will be covered in an overview of art materials and techniques. \ Additional Fee: $25.00

AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I

ASL& 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0502 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 2:30 p.m. 4:50 p.m. MW Wilson, J. Bldg. 14, Rm. 200A

Credits: 5

Informs students about deafness, deaf culture, the deaf community, and American Sign Language. Learn to communicate both expressively and receptively in American Sign Language in basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills utilizing ASL vocabulary
  • Demonstrate the understanding of beginning expressive and receptive skills integrating both ASL basic grammar components and sentence structures
  • Demonstrate the ability to work effectively in groups and one-on-one settings, utilizing various skills acquired to accomplish specific tasks
  • Demonstrate knowledge of spatial relationships and ASL gloss
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the different types of hearing loss, and gain insight into how sounds affect the Deaf and Hard of Hearing
  • Demonstrate increased awareness concerning how to interact with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing with and without an interpreter
  • Explain the historical development of ASL and Deaf Culture, dating back to as early as 355 B.C
  • Demonstrate an understanding of various technologies that are used to communicate with the Deaf and Hard of Hearing

AUTOMOTIVE BASICS

AUT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4602 19/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 801

Credits: 2

Provides information on basic shop safety, hazardous-material handling, industry trends and opportunities, tools and fasteners. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with safety, hazardous-material handling and disposal procedures, the future of the industry, and employment potential. The student will also be familiar with automotive tools, fasteners and their usage. Prerequisites: Must have required textbooks, coveralls and eye protection.

FORD BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

AUT 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4622 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 507

Credits: 6

Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems using the symptom-to-system-to-component-to-cause process. Use special tools and service equipment associated with electrical diagnosis and repair. Use all service publications in their available formats to obtain needed information for diagnosis. Perform diagnosis test procedures. Perform repair procedures. Students will become familiar with the tools, terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, removal, and installation procedures used during common service operations and will have the opportunity to practice procedures identified as priority tasks in the NATEF (ASE) task list. Prerequisites: Must have required textbooks, coveralls and eye protection. Additional Fee: $150.00

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION AND STEERING

AUT 147

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4632 19/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 701

Credits: 6

Theory and troubleshooting of hydraulic systems, disc brake systems, drum brake systems, power booster systems and antilock brake systems. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION STEERING & WHEEL ALIGNMENT

AUT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4642 19/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 801

Credits: 7

Theory and troubleshooting of front suspension systems, steering systems, rear suspension systems, and computer-controlled systems. This course will also cover basic wheel alignment, including two- and four-wheel alignment. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 147 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

AUTOMOTIVE SUSPENSION STEERING & WHEEL ALIGNMENT LAB

AUT 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4662 19/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Offerdahl, R. Bldg. 03, Rm. 704

Credits: 5

Repair automotive brakes, steering, and suspension systems by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 147, 149, and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

AUT 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4612 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 507
4672 14/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901
46D2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 507

Credits: 11

Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems and study basic application of computerized electronic control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, removal and installation procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

AUT 209

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4652 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 507
4682 14/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901
46F2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Brown, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 507

Credits: 11

Diagnose and repair automotive electronic systems and study basic application of computerized electronic control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, removal and installation procedures used on automobiles and light trucks. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 203 and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

CLUTCHES & MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS

AUT 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4692 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 9

Provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automotive clutches and manual transmissions/transaxles. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance, and repair of automobile/light truck clutches and manual transmissions/transaxles. Prerequisites: Must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

AUTOMOTIVE AXLES, DRIVELINES, DIFFERENTIALS & TRANSFER CASES

AUT 243

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46A2 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 6

Provides the student with the knowledge and skills to competently repair automotive axles, drivelines, differentials and transfer cases. Upon completion of the course, the student will be familiar with the terminology, basic theory, diagnostics, maintenance and repair of automobile/light truck axles, drivelines, differentials and transfer cases. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 239 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

MANUAL DRIVE TRAINS & AXLES LAB

AUT 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46B2 18/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Bridges, W. Bldg. 03, Rm. 601

Credits: 4

This course is designed to teach the student to competently repair drive-train components by applying knowledge attained in required courses. This is a hands-on class, utilizing live projects. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with diagnosis, maintenance, and repair of automobile/light truck manual drive trains. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete courses AUT 239 and 243, and must have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING & VENTILATION

AUT 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
46C2 14/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Covington, G. Bldg. 03, Rm. 901

Credits: 6

Theory, troubleshooting and repair of automotive air-conditioning systems, heating systems, and ventilation systems. Also covers recovery and recycling of both R-12 and R134A refrigerants. Prerequisites: Must successfully complete AUT 203 and 209 and have required tools and textbooks. Additional Fee: $30.00

PRIVATE PILOT I

AVP 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5102 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Training in basic aircraft control, aircraft systems, airport procedures, and traffic pattern operations. Prerequisite: FAA Class II Medical with Student Pilot Certificate prior to the first day of class. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT II

AVP 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5112 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Covers aircraft control, establishing and maintaining specific flight attitudes, and ground reference maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 105 or equivalent. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT III

AVP 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5122 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Basic performance maneuvers, traffic pattern procedures, and takeoffs and landings. Upon successful completion, the student shall solo the aircraft. Prerequisite: AVP 110 or equivalent. Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS I

AVP 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5132 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT IV

AVP 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5142 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to successfully complete the navigation and cross country flight portion of flight training. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 115 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT V

AVP 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5152 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Provides the knowledge, skill, and aeronautical experience necessary to read and understand disseminated weather reports and forecasts. Meets the requirements for cross country navigation and basic instrument flight. Prerequisite: AVP 125 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT VI

AVP 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5162 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Gain the proficiency to meet the requirements necessary for FAA Private Pilot Certification with an Airplane Category and Single-Engine Class Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 130 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

PRIVATE PILOT PRACTICAL TEST STANDARDS II

AVP 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5172 4/0 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT I

AVP 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5182 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Introduces skills that will establish a strong foundation in basic attitude instrument flying and basic instrument navigation. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT II

AVP 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5192 1/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform precision attitude instrument flight, including advanced navigation techniques and procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 140 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT III

AVP 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51A2 1/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Apply advanced navigation techniques and perform holding pattern entry procedures. Prerequisite: AVP 145 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICE III

AVP 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51B2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT IV

AVP 155

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51C2 5/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform holding patterns and instrument approach procedures. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 150 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT V

AVP 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51D2 5/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Perform cross country flight using advanced navigation procedures. Use ATC communication procedures and conduct instrument departures, arrivals, and approaches. Prerequisite: AVP 155 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT VI

AVP 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51F2 5/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire the flight and aeronautical knowledge proficiency required for the issuance of the FAA Instrument-Airplane Rating. Prerequisite: AVP 160 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS IV

AVP 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51G2 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT I

AVP 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51H2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire initial VFR cross-country flight training. Pilotage, dead-reckoning, and radio navigation will be covered. Prerequisite: FAA Private Pilot Certificate, Instrument-Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT II

AVP 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51J2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional VFR cross-country flight training. Additional flight training will encompass mountain flying techniques and local night flight operations. Prerequisite: AVP 175 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT III

AVP 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51K2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive final training in VFR cross-country flight and night operations. The necessary cross-country flight hours required for Commercial Pilot Certification will be completed. Prerequisite: AVP 180 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT IV

AVP 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51L2 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial flight and ground training in high performance Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flight maneuver training includes chandelles, lazy eights, steep power turns, and accuracy landings. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 185 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT V

AVP 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51M2 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Gain additional aeronautical knowledge and flying skills necessary for the performance of advanced precision flight maneuvers. Prerequisite: AVP 210 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT VI

AVP 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51N2 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive advanced training in all the required Commercial Pilot Certification maneuvers. Flying proficiency in these maneuvers will meet the requirements set forth in the FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 215 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS V

AVP 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51P2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT VII

AVP 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Q2 5/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Basic flight maneuvers and aircraft systems will be covered. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 220 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT VIII

AVP 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51R2 5/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Advanced flight maneuvers as well as emergency procedures will be mastered. Prerequisite: AVP 230 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT IX

AVP 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51S2 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Operate a high-performance aircraft with retractable landing gear and constant speed propeller. Increase proficiency in advance flight maneuvers and emergency procedures. Obtain logbook endorsement for the operation of High Performance Airplanes. Prerequisite: AVP 235 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT X

AVP 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51T2 1/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in AVP 240 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT XI

AVP 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51U2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 245 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT XII

AVP 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51V2 1/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive final advanced preparative training to increase aeronautical skills and experience to meet the requirements for the issuance of a Commercial Pilot Certificate. Prerequisite: AVP 250 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $19.00

COMMERCIAL PILOT PRACTICAL STANDARDS VI

AVP 257

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51W2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive additional flight and ground training as required to meet pilot certification requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. Additional Fee: $19.00

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR I

AVP 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51X2 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Receive initial training in teaching and learning theory as well as overall review of commercial pilot aeronautical knowledge subject areas. Student will be trained to fly the aircraft from the right seat to Commercial Pilot Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot; Airplane Certificate and Instrument Airplane Rating. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

CERTIFIED FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR II

AVP 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Y2 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Master proper teaching techniques from the right seat of the training aircraft. Develop proficiency in conducting aeronautical knowledge briefings. Successful completion will result when knowledge and proficiency meet and/or exceed FAA Practical Test Standards. Prerequisite: AVP 260 or equivalent. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

INSTRUMENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR

AVP 268

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
51Z2 0/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Daily Holm, L. South Hill Campus Room 105

Credits: 4

Acquire the aeronautical knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to obtain an FAA Instrument Flight Instructor Rating added to their Certified Flight Instructor Certificate. Prerequisite: FAA Commercial Pilot Airplane Certificate with Instrument Airplane Rating Certified Flight Instructor-Airplane Certificate. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $19.00

PATISSERIE I

BAKE 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3502 12/20 Sept. 23, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to attain fundamental cooking, time-management and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins and cookies; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

DESSERT ALTERNATIVES

BAKE 114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3522 23/20 Sept. 22, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Covers how to make sugar-free, vegan, and gluten-free desserts. Students explore how to develop and use special ingredients, techniques and methods when making desserts not using standard ingredients such as eggs, butter, white flour, and milk. Additional Fee: $50.00

PATISSERIE II

BAKE 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3512 4/20 Sept. 23, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Provides students with the opportunity to refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

PATISSERIE III

BAKE 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3532 6/20 Sept. 23, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. TWTh Newman, S. Bldg. 23, Rm. 102

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of managing, training, and mentoring fellow classmates. Provides students with the opportunity to further refine fundamental cooking, time management, and production competencies in the program-run bistro. These include scones, muffins, cookies and cake; demonstrating how to read, write and follow a standard recipe; and understanding the basic principles of various cooking methods. Students will uphold a high level of professionalism. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $83.25

RESTAURANT DESSERTS

BAKE 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3542 23/20 Nov. 20, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. Daily Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the challenges of creating individual desserts for restaurants. Students will make individual desserts for the college restaurant and learn the detailed art of the Petit Fours. Additional Fee: $50.00

SUGAR WORK

BAKE 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3552 23/20 Sept. 22, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MF Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Introduces students to the stages of sugar work. Students will demonstrate how to make various sugar-based candies and pulled sugar items. The coloring and handling of sugar flowers and ribbons will also be demonstrated in this course. Additional Fee: $50.00

WEDDING CAKES

BAKE 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3562 21/20 Oct. 27, 2014 6 a.m. 1 p.m. MF Newman, S. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Covers elaborate techniques used in the composition, design, and execution of wedding cakes. The use of gum paste, fondant, and modeling chocolate will be explored. Students will develop a cake rendering on the spot with a customer. Additional Fee: $50.00

RETAIL AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

BAKE 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32D2 3/18 Oct. 1, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 37, Rm. 022

Credits: 4

Familiarizes students with all aspects of retail service, cashiering and retail displays. Included are opening/closing procedures, retail layout and presentation, customer service, leadership, sanitation and safety, proper cash handling, and sales techniques. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $69.00

GENERAL BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0565 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 12 p.m. WF Noffke, W. Bldg. 21, Rm. 231
0503 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 8 a.m. 10 a.m. WF Noffke, W. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to cellular biology for students preparing for the health professions. Major concepts include the structure, reproduction, and metabolism of cells; genetics; ecological perspectives; and evolutionary biology. Prerequisites: COMPASS reading score of 81 and writing score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $11.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Develop a list of characteristics of living things, and arrange the levels of organization from simplest to most complex
  • Demonstrate the methodology of scientific inquiry by using observation, experimentation, data collection and interpretation in everyday problem solving and generation of new knowledge
  • Recognize that the proper subject matter of science is the natural (physical) world and that all science is based on common laws or principles
  • Distinguish between inorganic and organic compounds, and describe the properties of carbon that make it the central component of organic compounds
  • Identify the major functional groups present in organic compounds and describe their properties and interactions. Compare the functions and chemical compositions of the major groups of organic compounds: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids
  • Demonstrate the special properties of water that support life
  • Compare and Contrast eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells. Describe the structure and function of all of the organelles and their relationship to each other. Understand the fluid mosaic model of the cell membrane and how structure is related to function
  • Compare and contrast potential energy and kinetic energy. Describe how the first and second laws of thermodynamics relate to living systems
  • Explain the chemical structure of ATP and its central role in metabolism. Describe the relationship between enzyme properties and types and rates of chemical reactions
  • Describe the interdependence between photosynthesis and cellular respiration. Explain that all three domains of life must perform some form of cellular respiration
  • Discuss the significance of chromosomes in terms of their information content
  • Compare the roles of mitosis and meiosis in reproduction
  • Solve inheritance problems using Mendel’s principles
  • Relate the chemical and physical features of DNA to the structure proposed by Watson, Crick, and Franklin
  • Outline the flow of genetic information in cells from DNA to protein and how this process may be controlled
  • Articulate the scientific origins of biotechnological developments and evaluate the ecological, social, cultural, personal and ethical implications of those developments
  • Distinguish between environmentally induced and inherited abnormalities
  • Explain why evolution is the central theme of all biology, and how heritable variation and selection are the basis for evolution in a given environment
  • Use various laboratory techniques, including compound and dissecting microscopes and gel electrophoresis

HUMAN BIOLOGY W/LAB

BIOL&175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0504 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10:30 a.m. 12:30 p.m. MW Korpal, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235
0506 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0506: 10/21 and 11/18/14 (Tuesdays), 10 a.m.-2 p.m.

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0504: Mondays & Wednesdays, 12:30-1:30 p.m., Sept. 22-Dec. 10, Building 21 Room 235

An in-depth approach to body systems, emphasizing the relationship between structure and functions. A laboratory course appropriate for non-science majors or for students beginning study in life sciences. Prerequisites: COMPASS Reading Score of 81 and Writing Score of 77 or successful completion of ENG 94. Additional Fee: $25.00. Section 0504 is hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe, recognize, label or diagram the arrangement of the atom with its subatomic particles
  • Determine bonding types or recognize descriptions of chemical bonding of atoms
  • Calculate pH and determine whether a solution is acidic, basic, or neutral based upon pH
  • Describe, recognize, and determine general characteristics of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids and evaluate their integration into the body via daily nutrition
  • List, describe, diagram, and locate within a cell the organelles and other cellular features such as the cytoskeleton
  • Diagram and describe the cellular processes of replication, transcription, translation, diffusion, osmosis, active transport, mitosis, meiosis, cell life cycle
  • List, describe, and recognize the major function and criteria for the classification of the four basic tissue types: epithelial, connective, muscle, and nerve
  • Label or list, describe or recognize the various layers of the skin and discuss their homeostatic interaction with each other and other body systems
  • Identify the major components of the skeletal system and describe the interaction of these components to the other body systems
  • Compare the types of muscle tissue by gross and microscopic structure, location, and function
  • Identify, describe and summarize the major components of the nervous system and describe the interaction of these components with other body systems
  • Diagram and describe the process of neural transmission
  • Identify, describe and contrast general and specific senses and evaluate homeostatic regulation of the body following internal and external stimuli
  • Locate, summarize and compare the endocrine organs and their hormonal functions within the body to maintain homeostasis
  • Name, summarize, determine function and differentiate the blood components
  • Designate, explain, and trace the heart actions with how they are initiated, identified, and controlled along with the resulting body reactions to these activities
  • Define, generalize and contract blood vessel anatomy and physiology with reference to pulse, cardiovascular disease, and major organ drainage
  • Summarize components and function of the lymphatic system emphasizing relationship to circulatory and endocrine systems and immune defense of the body
  • Label, describe, and contrast the various organs of the respiratory, digestive, reproductive and urinary systems with regard to function, structure and effect on other systems, including a brief summary of pre-natal development
  • Cite and interpret the need for proper nutrition for optimal metabolism with relation to its effect on all the major body systems and processes
  • Communicate summary knowledge of the importance of fluid, electrolytes, and pH balance to maintaining homeostasis with the systems and the body as a whole
  • Explore the systems of the body in the lab using models, posters, virtual models, and examination tools

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I

BIOL&241

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0507 7/24 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 5 p.m. MW Korpal, R. Bldg. 15, Rm. 105
0508 12/24 Sept. 23, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Slegers, E. Bldg. 21, Rm. 235

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for Fall Quarter: 3:30p.m-4:30p.m., Tues./Thurs. Sept. 23- Dec. 11

Additional Lab Hours for Course #0507: Mondays & Wednesdays, 5-6 p.m., Sept. 22-Dec. 10, Building 21 Room 235

Provides students with the first course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of cells; tissues; and integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and sensory systems. Laboratory component included. BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) Additional fee: $11.00.

Course Outcomes

  • Define, differentiate and correlate Anatomy and Physiology, the study of structure and function
  • Understand the structural organization of the human body including a basic knowledge of the 11 body systems, the organs included in each and their basic function
  • Know anatomical terms, body regions and directional terms
  • Learn basic chemistry and biology concepts as they relate to human anatomy and physiology
  • Develop a full understanding of the structure and function of the four basic tissue types that make up the human body which essentially “carries” out the functions of each body system
  • Specifically learn in detail the structure and function of the Integumentary, Skeletal, Muscular and Nervous Systems
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscopy using their own cheek swab slides as well as prepared histology slides
  • Develop essential dissection skills using preserved cats, brains and eyes
  • Perform basic neurological assessment tests such as opthalmoscopy, otoscopy and visual tests
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with new and recent breakthroughs on topics covered through individual research and scientific paper writing

HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II

BIOL&242

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0509 15/24 Sept. 23, 2014 3 p.m. 5 p.m. TTh Korpal, R. Bldg. 15, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0509: 5-6:00p.m., Tuesdays and Thursdays, Sept. 23rd-Dec. 11th

Additional Lab Hours for section 0508: 5:30-7 p.m., Tuesdays and Thursdays, July 1-Aug. 28

Provides students with the second course of the two-quarter study of body structure and related physiology on cellular through system levels. Includes an in-depth study of body organization and cardiovascular and lymphatic physiological processes. Includes immunology, respiratory, digestive, metabolic, excretory, reproductive and endocrine systems. Laboratory component included. Prerequisites: Successful completion of BIOL& 241 or grade of C or 2.0 or better Additional Fee: $11.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the various concepts and principles presented with each body system to be covered in this course
  • Know detailed anatomical structures of specific internal organs studied
  • Appreciate the function and relevance of individual structures that make up the complete human being
  • Demonstrate hands on competency in microscope use with sample tissue slides of specific body organs
  • Correlate the lecture concepts with laboratory training aids for a better appreciation and understanding of the course content
  • Learn basic clinical skills such as auscultation, percussion, palpation, basic EKG reading, blood pressure reading and respiratory evaluation
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common clinical situations
  • Exhibit proficient dissection skills of preserved cats, sheep hearts and kidneys
  • Complement their educational enrichment on Anatomy and Physiology with computer-generated laboratory simulations of common clinical situations
  • Apply their anatomy and physiology knowledge in common personal and clinical situations
  • Demonstrate good relational dynamics during group
  • Presentations/homework assignments

MICROBIOLOGY

BIOL&260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0510 18/24 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online
0511 3/24 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Noffke, W. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours for section 0510: 3-7 p.m., Tuesday, Oct. 21 and Oct. 28

Additional Lab Hours for section 0511: 8 a.m.-12 p.m., Thursday, Oct. 30 and Nov. 6

Provides students with the content of diversity, structure, and physiology of beneficial and harmful microbes. Laboratory practice in identification of microbial species through culturing, staining, and biochemical testing. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL& 160 with a grade of 2.0 or better and CHEM& 110 with a grade of 2.0 or better. (Note: BIOL 118 will be accepted as a prerequisite in place of BIOL& 160 through June 2015.) Additional Fee: $36.00

Course Outcomes

  • Knowledge of the history of microbiology as a science
  • Historical perspectives of microbial classification, genetics and disease
  • Relate historical microbiology to current and past events where microbial organisms play a key role
  • Describe the roles of microbes in the environment, food technology, industry, biowarfare, and bioterrorism.
  • Identify and compare categories of cellular and acellular agents known as microbes
  • Identify and compare structures, functions, and characteristics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells
  • Understand the roles of chemicals and chemical structure, bonding, reactions, and organic macromolecules in growth and metabolism of microbes
  • Describe the conditions promoting growth of bacteria and viruses, including metabolism and nutrition
  • Identify and describe a selection of diseases of bacterial and viral etiology, including the structure and characteristics of the organism, the relationship with the host, and host defenses
  • Identify techniques in culturing a selection of organisms
  • Describe historical and current issues of prions and prion implicated diseases
  • Describe genetic transfer among bacteria and the consequences
  • Describe structure and function of the genome, mutations, gene transfer, and their use in recombinant DNA technology
  • Identify mechanisms of pathogenicity and resistance to antimicrobial agents
  • Describe the infectious disease process, symbiotic and parasitic relationships, and epidemiology
  • Identify mechanisms of resistance and immunity to infectious diseases, including nonspecific and specific host immune responses, role of immunization, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency
  • Discuss methods of physical, chemical, and chemotherapeutic control of microorganisms, and the roles of antimicrobial agents
  • Discuss and demonstrate correct technique in microscopy, staining, classification of microbes, along with aseptic / sterile lab techniques
  • Apply basic concepts of microbiology to the world outside of the classroom
  • Understand the diversity in populations affected by microbial diseases and the role of socioeconomic factors in control of these diseases

Business Law

BUS& 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
49G2 6/25 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Cooke, S. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces the Uniform Commercial Code and Business Laws pertaining to business contracts, sales, bailments, commercial paper, employment, agency, business organization, insurance and property. Prerequisite: ACTG 115 or instructor approval.

MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

CAH 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3012 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online
3022 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Scott, P. Online
3002 24/24 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Freyre, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides students with the basic techniques of medical word building using basic word elements. The class will be organized according to specific body systems and will include key terms and the introduction of anatomical, physiological and pathological terms. Additional Fee: $23.75. Section 3001 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of medical word building using basic word elements
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic terms that provide a solid foundation for medical terminology
  • Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of major prefixes of position, number and measurement, direction and other parameters
  • Demonstrate proficiency in pronunciation of various multiple medical terms that are common to a medical environment

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PROFESSIONS

CAH 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3042 16/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Freyre, M. Online
3082 1/30 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Freyre, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides an overview of the law and ethics a student should know to help provide competent, compassionate care to patients. Additional Fee: $23.75. Section 3031 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate proficiency in privacy of health information, standards for electronic transactions of health information and claims, security of electronic health information and national identifiers for the parties in health care transactions
  • Demonstrate proficiency by obtaining 7-hour certificate in the etiology, and epidemiology of HIV/AIDS, transmission and infection control, testing and counseling, clinical manifestations and treatment, legal and ethical issues surrounding HIV/AIDS and psycho-social issues of HIV/AIDS
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws surrounding the healthcare health care industry in general, an understanding of the various laws that affect allied health professionals and examine the various ethical issues in health care today per HIPAA
  • Discuss and explore the history and trends in health care, basic health care concepts and skills, various careers and pathways in allied health and personal and professional qualities of an allied health professional
  • Successfully participate in an allied health field study which may include site-visits to profession-specific sites, interviews with allied health care professionals, research job opportunities of various allied health positions and provide wage information
  • Create a professional resume, cover letter and Thank you letter/card
  • Work effectively as a team member
  • Explore, discuss and address cultural diversity in health care

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

CAH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3062 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3052 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106
3072 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 5:30 p.m. MW Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Provides training in the uses of Microsoft Windows and related programs with an introduction to Electronic Health Records. Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and 10-key techniques. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate keyboarding proficiency at 20wpm
  • Utilize Microsoft Windows programs and apply knowledge through a variety of vocationally related activities
  • Develop and manage technology based specialty related projects
  • Produce a resume, cover letter, educational plan and demonstrate knowledge of their specialty and higher education opportunities in their chosen field of study

KEYBOARDING

CAS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2032 14/20 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Calip, V. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
2002 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding techniques; introduction to basic word-processing functions. Additional fee: $14.25.

Note: Section 2032 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING

CAS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2012 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 3 p.m. Daily Wilson, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
20C2 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11 a.m. MW Calip, V. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Explore personal computer concepts from a user’s perspective. In this introductory course, learn computer terminology; run programs; save, retrieve, and search for files; use help; and perform computer maintenance. Develop basic skills in word processing, Internet, email and PowerPoint. Additional Fee: $14.25

Note: Section 20C2 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

WORD I

CAS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
20A2 17/20 Sept. 23, 2014 10 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Calip, V. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112
20B2 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online
2022 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 4 p.m. Daily Wilson, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Use beginning word-processing techniques while creating and editing business documents. Create tables, columns, envelopes and mailing labels. Work with special features to track and review changes and compare documents. Additional Fee: $14.25

Note: Section 20A2 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

WORD II

CAS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2042 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Explore advanced word processing with Microsoft Word. Perform mail merges, create styles, use advanced graphics tools, create basic forms with formulas, and utilize advanced report functions, including indexes. Create macros and modify the Word environment. Prerequisite: CAS 121 Additional Fee: $25.00

EXCEL I

CAS 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2052 18/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online
20D2 6/20 Sept. 23, 2014 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. TTh Calip, V. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116

Credits: 3

Create and analyze professionally formatted spreadsheets. Enter data, formulas and functions. Create charts and insert graphics. Sort and filter lists. Prerequisite: Math 82 skills preferred. Additional Fee: $14.25

Note: Section 20D2 includes scheduled open lab days by the instructor for additional help as needed.

EXCEL II

CAS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2062 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Use advanced spreadsheet features and functions to analyze and project data. Learn how to use what-if analysis tools such as scenarios and solver. Create macros; validate data; link worksheets/books; use pivot tables; find errors; and share, merge, and protect workbooks. Prerequisite: CAS 130.

POWERPOINT

CAS 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2092 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Create professionally formatted presentations that include animation and transitions. Insert and format charts, graphics, diagrams and pictures. Save presentations for various delivery options. Additional Fee: $14.25

PUBLISHER

CAS 145

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2072 12/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 5

Explore desktop publishing in this project-based class. Create and edit flyers, newsletters, brochures, logos, calendars and various business publications. Use mail merge to create letters and labels. Use tools to edit text, colors, graphic design objects and logos. Prepare files for commercial printing. Additional Fee: $23.75

ACCESS I

CAS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2082 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Westerberg, R. Online

Credits: 3

Develop basic relational databases as you create, edit, format, and print tables, queries, forms, and reports. Copy records and import tables from another Access database. Define field properties and create relationships. Run, sort and filter queries. Use comparison and logical operators, and perform calculations. Explore the basics of creating a cohesive database. Additional Fee: $14.25

Abc Of Interior Design

CEDSN101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
68Q2 0/20 Sept. 23, 2014 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 0

No description available.

CHEMICAL CONCEPTS W/LAB

CHEM&110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0513 20/20 Sept. 25, 2014 8 a.m. 10 a.m. Th Celleri, A. Bldg. 21, Rm. 231
0512 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0510: 11 a.m.-1 p.m., Fridays, July 11-Aug. 29
Section 0513: 8-10 a.m., Wednesdays, Sept. 24-Dec. 10, Building 21, Room 231
Section 0512: 3-5 p.m., Thursdays, Sept. 25-Dec. 11, Building 21, Room 231

An introduction to chemistry intended for non-science majors. This course looks at how models of atoms, bonding and the structures of materials provide an understanding of common chemical properties and reactions. Co-requisites: Students who have not completed MAT 99 or achieved a COMPASS score of 76 or higher on College Algebra must take MAT 99 concurrently with this course. Additional Fee: $20.00. Hybrid, except for section 0513.

INTRO TO CHEMISTRY

CHEM&121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0514 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Celleri, A. Online

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours:
Section 0511: 8-10 a.m., Fridays, July 11-Aug. 29
Section 0514: 8-10 a.m., Fridays, Sept. 26-Dec. 5, Building 21, Room 231

Understanding the metric system, atomic theory, bonding, quantitative relationships, solutions, gases, acids and bases, salts, and nuclear chemistry. Lab included. Prerequisite(s): CHEM& 110 or high school chemistry; co-requisite: MAT 99 or higher or appropriate COMPASS placement concurrently with this course. Additional Fee: $20.00

PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS

CIT 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5402 30/30 Sept. 23, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2 p.m. TTh Meerdink, K. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Introduction to programming concepts while enforcing good programming style and logical thinking. Designed for students with little or no programming language experience, it begins with basic general programming concepts and key concepts of structure. Course then progresses to the intricacies of decision-making, looping, array manipulation, and methods. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand basic computer and programming terminology
  • Understand problem solving techniques and how they apply to application design and implementation
  • Demonstrate understanding of programmatic decision making and control structures with Visual Basic
  • Demonstrate understanding of fundamental data types, their storage, and basic manipulation with Visual Basic
  • Demonstrate understanding of basic input-output devices or constructs and their use with Visual Basic
  • Design, write, debug, & test simple applications using fundamental programming constructs, tools, & techniques

.NET PROGRAMMING

CIT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5432 8/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Learn to program using .NET Framework with focus on windows and console. Use decision structures, loops, and arrays to solve problems. Apply exception handling and data validation to programs. Use the predefined libraries in .NET Framework to solve problems. Create methods and learn to pass and return arguments. Create classes and use the classes as objects in programming. Use databases to store and retrieve the data from the applications. Prerequisites: CIT 142, CIT 150. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn to use the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to write, run, and debug programs
  • Develop windows forms using controls like labels, text boxes, buttons, group boxes, check boxes, drop down list boxes, etc
  • Write programs that use decision structures like if/else, if/else if, and switch statements. Understand and use the right decision structure to solve problems
  • Create programs that require iteration using for, while, do while loops
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs
  • Use .Net classes like Math, MessageBox, InputBox, etc. to solve problems and lookup the definition of methods
  • Write a class and use it in the Form. Call the methods, static and instance to distinguish between the two. Learn about the scope of variables in classes
  • Use Sql Server database to populate the Windows form with data and also to add and update the data. Use a predefined database to accomplish this

WEB GRAPHICS

CIT 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5492 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 3:50 p.m. MW Webster, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Use Photoshop to make your website attractive and fast loading. Use Illustrator to make logos and graphical elements for both interface design and vector animations. Use Flash for banner and sidebar advertisements.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Make compressed jpgs, transparent png’s, and graphical elements in Photoshop
  • Shapes, gradients, type and the vector pen tool in Illustrator
  • Make short animated, banner and sidebar advertisements in Flash

JAVA OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II

CIT 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5452 9/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Meerdink, K. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Build your problem-solving skills with the fundamental concepts and techniques of Object-Oriented Java programming in analyzing, designing, and implementing computer programs. Practice problem-solving methods and algorithm development to analyze, design, implement, modify, verify, and document computer programs that solve real-world problems. Develop a good conceptual understanding of data and functional abstraction. Prerequisite: CIT 142.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Write classes that solve small scale problems, differentiate between fields and local
  • variables, methods and static methods
  • Apply inheritance to a problem and demonstrate polymorphism and code reuse
  • Learn and use collections like lists, sets, maps, stacks and queues
  • Familiarize with the usage of the JAVA API
  • Use exception handling in code as well as write java documentation

PRINCIPLES OF RELATIONAL DATABASES

CIT 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5412 23/23 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Delve into the fundamental concepts, terminologies, methodologies, and system organizations of database management systems. Develop the theoretical foundation of understanding necessary to design, implement, optimize, query and maintain a database system. Propose, design and develop a database, using a relational database management system to reinforce the theoretical concepts. Additional Fee: $23.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Compile and Organize Data
  • Understand data types
  • Work with database structures and terminology (tables, records, fields, etc…)
  • Understand and work with relationships such as primary and foreign keys
  • Understand and apply normalization to database structure
  • Define constraints to database field information
  • Gain a foundation is Structured Query Language (SQL)

OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS & DESIGN

CIT 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54F2 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Stump, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Explore methodologies and technologies used in analyzing, designing and developing object-oriented software systems intended to solve real-world problems. Build on the Systems Development Life Cycle model initially presented in the CIT 101 course to model and design systems using tools such as CRC cards and the Unified Modeling Language, which includes class, use case, and sequence diagrams. Discuss the theoretical and practical aspects of object orientation. Prerequisite: CIT 143.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn event handling for guis using Java
  • Learn and use source control for source code management
  • Use UML to create class diagrams and sequence diagrams
  • Write JUnit test cases to test the code

ADVANCED DATABASE PROGRAMMING

CIT 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5442 10/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2 p.m. MW Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Advanced database programming using a commercial database management system. Perform object creation, manipulation and control using SQL. Write simple and complex queries to solve problems using arithmetic expressions, functions, logical operators, aliases, etc. Perform different kinds of joins. Create advanced objects like stored procedures and triggers. Prerequisite: CIT 150.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn advanced skills utilizing a commercial DBMS
  • Reinforce design and database theory knowledge with hands on experience
  • Create a medium sized database to demonstrate competence in database knowledge
  • Explore advanced DBMS functionality such as performance testing, automation, security
  • Explore other DBMS systems and their implementations

.NET PORTFOLIO

CIT 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5422 4/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2 p.m. TTh Ortiz, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111E

Credits: 5

Develop a portfolio that uses the concepts learned in .NET classes. Learn and use source control to maintain code, working in teams, and testing techniques. Apply latest web trends in .NET framework to keep current with the industry. Present this portfolio to an audience. Prerequisite: CIT 214. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn to use the Visual Studio Integrated Development Environment (IDE) to write, run, and debug programs
  • Develop windows forms using controls like labels, text boxes, buttons, group boxes, check boxes, drop down list boxes, etc.
  • Write programs that use decision structures like if/else, if/else if, and switch statements. Understand and use the right decision structure to solve problems.
  • Create programs that require iteration using for, while, do while loops.
  • Apply exception handling to programs to throw, catch, re-throw exceptions. Validate for data input and appropriate type and range of input values. Write methods that can be reused in different programs.
  • Use .Net classes like Math, MessageBox, InputBox, etc. to solve problems and lookup the definition of methods.
  • Write a class and use it in the Form. Call the methods, static and instance to distinguish between the two. Learn about the scope of variables in classes.
  • Use Sql Server database to populate the Windows form with data and also to add and update the data. Use a predefined database to accomplish this.

C++

CIT 218

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5472 12/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Meerdink, K. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Deals with learning programming using C++ as the primary language with a focus on problem-solving and introduction to object-oriented concepts and terms. Prerequisite: CIT 143.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Learn basic C++.Net programming skills related to procedural programming constructs involving decision structures, loops and arrays
  • Learn the concepts of object-oriented programming
  • Solve small scale problems’ using the various programming constructs
  • Explain what classes, objects and inheritance means

WEB DEVELOPMENT I

CIT 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54A2 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Introduction to PHP scripting, one of the most popular development tools on the web. This course demonstrates using this tool to create dynamic web-based applications. Provides experience using sessions, cookies and web forms to build easily maintainable, interactive and e-commerce enabled sites. Prerequisite: CIT 206

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the basic syntax of the PHP language
  • Manipulate strings using PHP
  • Perform mathematical calculations using PHP
  • Send email using PHP
  • Create and utilize cookies using PHP
  • Create and utilize sessions using PHP
  • Process HTML form data using PHP
  • Create “sticky” HTML forms using PHP
  • Write modular code using the include () function
  • Create functional registration and login forms using PHP

WEB DEVELOPMENT III

CIT 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54B2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Combines further studies using PHP scripting and MySQL, one of the most popular open-source database management systems on the web. Explores back-end functionality, interacting with databases and creating dynamic web pages. Prerequisite: CIT 227.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Validate HTML form data using PHP
  • Write custom PHP functions
  • Understand web application security issues
  • Understand multi-dimensional arrays
  • Build an ecommerce shopping cart using PHP and a MySQL database
  • Build a dynamic ecommerce web site incorporating a shopping cart

WEB PORTFOLIO

CIT 233

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54C2 1/20 Sept. 23, 2014 1 p.m. 2:50 p.m. TTh Dague, B. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

The web portfolio project provides the practical experience of working with a client in the creation of a fully functional website from start to finish. Students can choose to develop a site for an actual client, or to develop a portfolio site showcasing their accumulated body of work. Prerequisite: CIT 229 or co-requisite.

  • Develop an effective web site development proposal
  • Create a flowchart for a web site
  • Design and implement a MySQL database
  • Work effectively with web site clients
  • Summarize a web site project for both a client and oneself
  • Develop a fully functional web site for a client, from start to finish

USER INTERFACE DESIGN

CIT 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5482 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MW Webster, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Build a web interface structure that utilizes the principles of responsive web design and allows the structure to automatically reformat itself based on the size of the viewport (smartphone, computer, iPad). Use a combination of HTML 5, CSS3, media queries, and jQuery working together to make a responsive web design Prerequisite: CIT 118, CIT 120.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build an Interface Structure and navigation system that accommodates all view ports using Photoshop, HTML 5, CSS 3, and Jquery
  • Create several navigation systems, including drop menus and buttons with timed animation rollovers
  • Build backward compatible, modular, round corner boxes.
  • Build a Responsive one, two and three column interface structure
  • Apply CSS Media Queries and custom Jquery as needed for structural elements

PHONE PROGRAMMING

CIT 252

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
54D2 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Stump, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Covers the concepts involved with programming on the phone – source control, phone emulators, phone APIs, and deployment. Prerequisite: CIT 143.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install and configure the emulator
  • Develop simple programs using the Phone API
  • Design and code the user interface design and event handling
  • Store data using the local databases like SQLite and Shared Preferences
  • Write documentation for the programs
  • Explore programming using Xcode

INTERNSHIP

CIT 299

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5462 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Abraham, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 111W

Credits: 5

Earn college credit by applying learned technical skills in professional work experiences directly related to your studies in Computer Information Technology. Perform 165 hours of part-time or full-time labor as an intern with a public or private enterprise, as a paid employee, or as a volunteer. Study and practice in resume building, interviewing, and job-search skills by actually identifying and then applying for an intern position. Work site supervisor and CIT faculty will jointly evaluate your performance. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Apply and Enhance technical skills learnt in the program on a live project
  • Demonstrate accountability and professionalism at workplace by attending meetings and submitting status reports
  • Escalate issues and seek timely help when tackling a project
  • Share with the other students the deliverables from the internship

PUBLIC SPEAKING

CMST&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0531 24/24 Sept. 23, 2014 7:30 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TTh Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0528 24/24 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MW Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0529 24/24 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. MW Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
0530 24/24 Sept. 23, 2014 2 p.m. 4:20 p.m. TTh Venditti, P. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212

Credits: 5

An Open Course Library class; inexpensive course materials. Assists students in developing real-world oral communication skills. Capture the dynamics of today’s business realities and see the benefits of effective communication. Selection of topics, library research, analysis, oral style, use of visual aids, and preparation and delivery of various types of speeches and oral presentations are included. The Internet, email, community interaction, and other practical tools support student learning and increase public speaking skills. Emphasis is placed in principles of cultural diversity. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 94.

FOUNDATION FOR STUDENT SUCCESS

COLL 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2PA2 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. TWTh Felch, C. Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2P32 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 7:50 a.m. MWF Van Beek, C. Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2PB2 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. MWF Hughes, R. Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2P72 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Holster, E. Bldg. 15, Rm. 112
2PD2 8/20 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. TWTh Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2P12 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
2P52 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MWF Hughes, R. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
2P02 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MWF Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
2P92 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. MWF Schwarder, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
2P42 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 4:50 p.m. MWF Curry, R. Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2PC2 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 5 p.m. 5:50 p.m. TWTh Curry, R. Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2P62 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. TWTh Holster, E. Bldg. 15, Rm. 112
2P22 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TWTh Sorenson, T. Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
2P82 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. TWTh Felch, C. Bldg. 14, Rm. 212

Credits: 2

Learn the skills needed to succeed at Clover Park Technical College. This class is designed to prepare students to succeed in college. This course emphasizes college success strategies, study habits and campus resources. Jump-start your college career with a class that 80% of the students who have taken it say contributed to their success at CPTC. Anyone is welcome in Foundation for Student Success, but it is required for certificate- and degree-seeking students with COMPASS placement at or below MAT 82 and/or ENG 82. This course requires attendance at an orientation at the start of each quarter in the Student Center, Building 23. Additional Fee: $25.00. Hybrid.

Note:

The 2P02 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W03 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P92 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W04 section of ENG 082. See the description of ENG 082 for details.

The 2P52 section of COLL 101 is linked with the 5W06 section of ENG 094. See the description of ENG 094 for details.

CAREER DEVELOPMENT

COLL 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
242D 11/0 Sept. 25, 2014 5:15 p.m. 8:15 p.m. Th Lange, P. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116

Credits: 2

Explore career options and educational pathways related to the human services field. Develop an educational plan and timelines to achieve the pathway goal. Refine job acquisition skills and workplace communication skills related to targeted employment field.

MEASUREMENT, TOOLS & SAFETY

CONST105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2242 10/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Introduction to residential and light construction applications and trades. Explores and applies safety standards to the use of various hand and power tools associated with the carpentry field. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify carpentry tools and uses
  • Read a standard tape measure
  • Use of fractions
  • Use the adding and subtraction method for measurements
  • Show understanding of how to use a measuring tape
  • Show understanding of proper lifting techniques
  • Demonstrate ability to use proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
  • Identify and correct safety hazards in a work area
  • Be familiar with standard building practices and why we do them

SITE LEVELING, PLANS, CODES & MATERIALS

CONST108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2252 10/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Introduction to use and operation of a builder level, including leveling and squaring a building site. Covers building plans, codes and inspections, and construction materials. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Proper use of a builders level
  • Level and square a building site
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic engineered lumber products
  • Identify basic lumber products

FOOTINGS & FOUNDATIONS

CONST112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2262 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the methods of construction footing and foundation forms, terminology, and inspections for the typical residential home. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Set foundation footings
  • Set footing Reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Set stem wall forms
  • Set stem wall reinforcement bar as required by code
  • Square, block and support all forms
  • Comply with Code requirements

FLOOR FRAMING

CONST116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2272 6/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the construction procedures and terminology used in framing a residential wood floor. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of the floor system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different floor systems (Joists vs Post and Beam)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed for a specified floor system
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns used
  • Be familiar with different Simpson Metal hangers that may be required
  • Identify basic lumber products
  • Comprehend how a floor and foundation interact
  • Demonstrate proper techniques used to build a floor system

WALL FRAMING, SHEETING & CEILINGS

CONST120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2282 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Introduction to wall framing construction procedures and terminology, the application of ceiling and/or two-story framing, inspections, sheeting and aligning. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify all parts of a wall system using proper terminology
  • Be familiar with the different wall systems (balloon framing and platform framing)
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Introduced to basic building codes as pertains to wall building
  • Calculate materials needed for walls to be built
  • Comply with code requirements in relation to nailing patterns and headers requirements
  • Familiar with Metal that may be required and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products to be used
  • Demonstrate proper technique for building walls
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOF FRAMING

CONST122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2292 6/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Introduction to roof framing and the use of a framing square, including both truss roof and stick-built residential roofs. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roof types and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing construction and finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply
  • Identify basic lumber products used in roofing
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

ROOFING MATERIALS & INSTALLATION

CONST126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22A2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to various roofing materials, including proper installation techniques. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different roofing material and terminology used in roofing
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to roofing
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in roofing finish
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper technique for finishing roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION

CONST130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22B2 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Introduction to basic stair construction, including the application of building codes, stairway arrangements, components and layout. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different stair types and terminology used in stair construction
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to stairs
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in stair construction
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Identify basic lumber products used in stair construction
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for constructing stairs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

EXTERIOR FINISH

CONST134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22C2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to the installation of exterior trim, siding, window and door installation, or the equivalent of typical residential homes. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different siding & trim types and terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes as applied to siding
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed in siding and trim
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Familiar with metal requirements and where to apply (flashing)
  • Identify basic lumber products used in siding
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for siding and trim
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH I

CONST138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22D2 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Install Gypsum Wall board, tape and mud seams
  • Install numerous types of wall texture
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install, square and plumb interior doors
  • Install, caulk and prep interior trim
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

INTERIOR FINISH II

CONST142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22F2 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Continuation of interior wall and ceiling finish, interior doors and hardware, cabinet and countertop installation, interior trim and finish flooring. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Build Standardized kitchen and bathroom cabinets
  • Be familiar with basic kitchen layout to include the working triangle
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Demonstrate proper installation methods
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

DECK CONSTRUCTION

CONST146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22G2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduction to outside deck construction, including types, code requirements and safety. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different terminology used
  • Comply with different building codes
  • Understand basic plan symbols and measurements
  • Calculate materials needed
  • Comply with inspection requirements
  • Install decks, rails and stairs as required
  • Identify basic lumber products used
  • Demonstrate proper building technique for building roofs
  • Demonstrate safe building practices and proper use of tools and equipment

CARPENTRY TRADES

CONST150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
22H2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily May, R. Bldg. 05, Rm. 105

Credits: 1

Introduction to trade regulations, other building trades workers, industry and standards organization, and entering the carpentry trade. Additional Fee: $30.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify different Trades in the industry
  • Be familiar with licensing requirements
  • Compliance with code in all industries
  • Be aware of state and federal organizations affecting workers

INFECTION CONTROL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

COSMO112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5342 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
5302 24/20 Sept. 23, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 2

Acquire knowledge for successful and responsible infection control, first aid, and safety. Learn concepts of microbiology, safe handling of tools, proper dispensing of chemicals, and how to prevent the spread of bacteria in a school or salon. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5342 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Understand state laws and rules
  • List the types and classifications of bacteria
  • Define hepatitis and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and explained how they are used
  • Explain the differences between cleaning disinfection and sterilizing
  • List the types of disinfectants and how they are used
  • Discuss Universal Precautions
  • List your responsibilities as a salon professional
  • Describe how to safely clean and disinfect salon tools and implements

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR

COSMO116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5352 19/20 Sept. 29, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
5312 24/20 Sept. 30, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Learn why professional hair services must be based on an understanding of the growth, structure and composition of hair. Gain skills in evaluating various hair and scalp conditions. Understand the purpose for draping and scalp massage as a foundation for attentive client care services. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5352 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Name and describe the structures of the hair root
  • List and describe the three main layers of the hair shaft
  • Describe the three types of side bonds in the cortex
  • Describe the hair growth cycles
  • Discuss the types of hair loss treatment
  • Describe the options for hair loss treatment
  • Recognize hair and scalp disorders commonly seen in the salon and school and know which ones can be treated by cosmetologists
  • List and describe the factors that should be considered in a hair analysis
  • Explain the two most important requirements for scalp care
  • Describe the benefits of scalp massage
  • Treat scalp and hair that are dry, oily, or dandruff ridden
  • Explain the rile of hair brushing to a healthy scalp
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of shampoo
  • Discuss the uses and benefits of the various types of conditioners
  • Demonstrate the appropriate draping for a basic shampooing and conditioning and draping for a chemical service
  • Identify the Three-Part Procedure and explain why it is useful

PRINCIPLES OF HAIR DESIGN

COSMO121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5362 20/20 Oct. 13, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
5322 24/20 Oct. 14, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 2

Learn design and art principles as guidelines to assist you in achieving designs for the client. Gain skills in the consultation portion of hair design and practice good life skills and professional behaviors for salon success and effective communications. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5362 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

APPLICATIONS OF HAIRCUTTING AND HAIRSTYLING

COSMO136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5372 19/20 Oct. 20, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Daily Chiaro, L. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207
5332 24/20 Oct. 28, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Maguire, P. Bldg. 08, Rm. 207

Credits: 14

Introduces the techniques and tools of haircutting and hairstyling. Students will demonstrate proper use and care of all tools and implement effective infection control principles and practices. This course provides foundational skills for good hair design. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 5372 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the possible sources of hair design inspiration
  • List the five elements of hair design
  • List the five principles of hair design
  • Understand the influence of hair type on hairstyle
  • Identify different facial shapes and demonstrate how to design hairstyles to enhance or camouflage facial features
  • Explain design considerations for men
  • List the principles that contribute to personal and professional success
  • Create a mission statement
  • Explain how to set long-term and short-term goals
  • Discuss the most effective ways to manage time
  • Describe good study habits
  • Define ethics
  • List the characteristics of a healthy, positive attitude
  • Understand the importance of professional hygiene
  • Explain the concept of dressing for success
  • Demonstrate an understanding of ergonomic principles and ergonomically correct postures and movement
  • List the golden rules of human relations
  • Explain the definition of effective communication
  • Conduct a successful client consultation/needs assessment
  • Handle an unhappy client

ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF HAIR CUTTING

COSMO141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5382 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Presents advanced skills and techniques that enable students to remain current with haircutting trends. Procedures and theory are reinforced to achieve desired effect. Infection control principles and practices are reinforced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independent practical applications of advanced haircutting in current trends
  • Independently determine proper combination haircuts on men and women utilizing all implements
  • Identify advanced haircutting tools
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

CHEMICAL TEXTURIZING

COSMO143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53M2 21/20 Sept. 24, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TW Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

The three main concepts of chemical texturizing: permanent waving, chemical relaxing and curl reforming. Includes theory, tool usage and client consultation. Includes infection control/safety as it relates to chemical texturing. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166 and COSMO 247. Additional Fee: $75.00. Section 53C1 is web enhanced.

GENERAL SCIENCE OF HAIR COLORING

COSMO157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5392 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 6

Introduces the creative artistry of color through the study of color theory, the color wheel, basic color applications and techniques, and basic formulation. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 116, 121, and 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List the reason why people color their hair
  • Explain how the hair’s porosity affects haircolor
  • Understand the types of melanin found in hair
  • Define and identify levels and their role in formulating haircolor
  • Identify primary, secondary and tertiary colors
  • Know what roles tone and intensity play in haircolor
  • List and describe the categories of haircolor
  • Explain the role of hydrogen peroxide in a haircolor formula
  • Explain the action of hair lighteners
  • List the four key questions to ask when formulating a haircolor
  • Understand why a patch test is useful in haircoloring
  • Define what a preliminary strand test is and why it is used
  • List and describe procedure for a virgin single-process haircoloring
  • Understand the two processes involved in double-process haircoloring
  • Describe the various forms of hair lightener
  • Understand the purpose and use of toners
  • Name and describe the three most commonly used methods for highlighting
  • Know how to properly cover gray hair
  • Know the rules of color correction
  • Know the safety precautions to follow during the haircolor process

LAB CLINIC I

COSMO161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53A2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#1

Credits: 6

Expand skills and knowledge by offering services to live models/clients in CPTC’s student clinic, a realistic salon environment. This course reinforces skills learned within the Cosmetology program and provides practice in advanced hairstyling and hair cutting. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 112, 116, 121, and 136. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Build and recruit to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

LAB CLINIC II

COSMO162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53C2 16/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWF Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 100B
53H2 4/20 Sept. 24, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. WThF Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 8

Experience hands-on learning in a realistic salon setting. Fundamental and developing skills are reinforced and expanded as students provide services on live models/clients in CPTC’s cosmetology clinic. Effective client/student interaction will be practiced. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 and 157, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Perform requested services on clients
  • Demonstrate all required skills of cosmetology
  • Practice cosmetology skills on other students and mannequins
  • Perform consultation and analysis procedures on clients
  • Perform referral practices to maintain a clientele base
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

Lab Clinic II

COSMO166

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5232 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frink, B. 'WCC128 '

Credits: 7

No description available.

LAB CLINIC III

COSMO170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53N2 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TThF Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 9

Gain hands-on experience in Clover Park Technical College’s student clinic. Skills learned in previous quarters will be reinforced, in addition to chemical texturizing and nail care services. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 162 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

COSMETOLOGY SALON BUSINESS PRACTICES

COSMO175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53AK 21/20 Dec. 2, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TW Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 3

An introduction to the fundamental principles of manicuring and nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease and disorder, and anatomy of the hands. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify two options for going into business for yourself
  • Explain the responsibilities of a booth renter
  • List the basic factors to be considered when opening salon
  • Name the types of salon ownership
  • Identify the information that should be included in a business plan
  • Explain the importance of record keeping
  • Identify the elements of sucessful salon operations
  • Explain why selling services and products is a vital aspect of a salons

Artificial Hair

COSMO178

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5202 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frink, B. 'WCC128 '

Credits: 2

No description available.

STUDY OF NAILS

COSMO179

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53P2 21/20 Nov. 5, 2014 10:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TW Frederick, S. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 3

An introduction to the fundamental principles of manicuring and nail care. Topics include basic nail theory, nail disease and disorder, and anatomy of the hands. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166. Additional Fee: $ 75.00. Web enhanced.

ARTIFICIAL HAIR

COSMO180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53J2 4/20 Dec. 9, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MT Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
53D2 15/20 Dec. 9, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WTh Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 1

Provides an overview of basic alternatives in artificial hair products and services. Students learn application and removal techniques and select appropriate forms of attachment to achieve intended outcomes. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 161 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms as they relate to artificial hair
  • Identify human versus synthetic hair
  • Recognize and identify types of hair pieces
  • Apply and remove current hair extension practices

GENERAL SCIENCE OF SKIN

COSMO188

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53K2 3/20 Nov. 12, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MT Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
53F2 17/20 Nov. 6, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WTh Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Provides an introduction to esthetic sciences. Applications in temporary hair removal, skin care, and cosmetic applications are presented. Histology and the recognition of disease and disorders of the skin will be emphasized. Infection control principles and practices will be applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 166 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define key terms associated with the study of skin
  • Recognize and illustrate the layers of skin and its functions
  • Recognize disease and disorders of the skin
  • Perform waxing and tweezing procedures while observing infection control practices and principles
  • Perform and record skin consultations
  • Perform appropriate facial application as determined by learner
  • List and recognize cosmetics used during make up applications
  • Apply and remove basic, special occasion and corrective make up procedures including eyelash enhancements

Advanced Hair Coloring

COSMO224

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5212 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frink, B. 'WCC128 '

Credits: 10

No description available.

ADVANCED HAIR COLORING

COSMO225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53G2 15/20 Oct. 2, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WTh Klug, D. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
53L2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. MT Deleon, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 7

Reinforce skills and learn the rational for advanced hair color techniques. Current trend applications as well as corrective techniques will be used. Students will determine and implement all aspects of hair coloring. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 157 and 161, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • List and define terms and products utilized in professional hair coloring
  • Independently determine and demonstrate proper procedures for virgin and retouch services involving coloring, bleaching and highlighting applications
  • Independently formulate all types of color and bleaching mixtures
  • Perform preventive and corrective steps to avoid or solve hair coloring problems
  • Perform and design trend hair color applications
  • Demonstrate all necessary safety, infection control principles and practices

CLOVER PARK PRACTICAL PREPARATION

COSMO228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53Q2 15/20 Sept. 23, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4
53U2 8/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. M Tull, F. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 3

Prepares students to take the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1- 4 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced

Course Outcomes

  • Perform all services required by the Washington State Cosmetology Practical Board Exam.

LAB CLINIC IV

COSMO230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53R2 15/20 Sept. 24, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. WThF Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4
53V2 8/20 Sept. 24, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. WThF Tull, F. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 9

Hands-on learning experience in Cosmetology clinic. Reinforced skills and knowledge will be demonstrated through client and student interactions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 170 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate client consultation as it pertains to requested service
  • Perform requested services interacting with clients
  • Apply acquired knowledge and techniques
  • Demonstrate Infection Control Principles and Practices

STATE BOARD WRITTEN TEST REVIEW

COSMO235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53S2 15/20 Sept. 23, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. T Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205
53W2 8/20 Sept. 23, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. M Tull, F. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Prepares student to take the Washington State Cosmetology Written Board Exam. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Quarters 1-4 or instructor approval Additional Fee: $75.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define industry vocabulary as it pertains to cosmetology
  • Understand the Principles and Practices of Infection Control
  • Complete the Washington State Board of Cosmetology Written Exam

CAPSTONE

COSMO243

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53T2 15/20 Sept. 23, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Lind, C. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4
53X2 8/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:30 p.m. T Tull, F. Bldg. 08, Rm. CL#4

Credits: 6

Independently demonstrate knowledge and integration of cosmetology skills and concepts gained through the program. In this course students submit a cumulative portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program’s student learning outcomes. Students may also participate in work experience opportunities that will round out their skills and prepare them for employment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of quarters 1-4 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced (section 53X2 is not web enhanced).

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate knowledge of Cosmetology skills and concepts
  • Develop a Portfolio that demonstrates achievement of the program
  • Participate in work experience opportunities

Meta

COSMO247

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5222 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Frink, B. 'WCC128 '

Credits: 1

No description available.

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP I

COSMO248

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53Y2 1/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08
53AD 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Tull, F. Bldg. 08

Credits: 1

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 33-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

ADVANCED APPLICATION OF HAIRSTYLING

COSMO249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53B2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3:30 p.m. TWThF Ganyon, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 205

Credits: 4

Learn advanced hairstyling techniques to stay current with trends. Application of theory and procedures are combined to create specific looks. Infection control principles and practices are applied. Prerequisite: Successful completion of COSMO 136. Additional Fee: $100.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Know theory of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Independently demonstrate practical applications of advanced hairstyling and current/seasonal trends
  • Demonstrate three basic techniques of styling long hair
  • Perform basic braiding procedures
  • Demonstrate infection control principles and practices

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP II

COSMO250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53Z2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08
53AF 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Tull, F. Bldg. 08

Credits: 2

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 66-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP III

COSMO252

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53AA 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08
53AG 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Tull, F. Bldg. 08

Credits: 3

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 99-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP IV

COSMO254

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53AB 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08
53AH 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Tull, F. Bldg. 08

Credits: 4

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 132-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours to meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP V

COSMO256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
53AJ 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Tull, F. Bldg. 08
53AC 1/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Lind, C. Bldg. 08

Credits: 5

Provides on-the-job experience for students in the field of cosmetology. This is an optional 160-hour course for students who want an internship experience or who need additional hours meet the state licensing requirements. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $89.00

Course Outcomes

  • Participation in realistic on-the-job training

COOKING METHODS I

CUL 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3202 8/20 Sept. 24, 2014 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will learn dishwashing and basic food preparation, to read and follow standardized recipes, deli operations, and station organization. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

INTRODUCTION TO BAKING

CUL 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3212 23/26 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Introduces culinary students to the fundamentals of baking and to scientific principles. Students will learn different mixing and production methods in producing quick breads, pastries, cakes, pies, soufflés, mousses and custards. Additional Fee: $75.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the basic principles and fundamentals of baking
  • Understand the basic principles of custards, puddings, cooked sugars, frozen desserts, soufflés, mousses and dessert sauces
  • Produce a variety of pies, tarts, including fruit, cream, chiffon and specialty items
  • Produce various types of cookies
  • Prepare the three basic meringue types
  • Demonstrate the ability to produce various restaurant desserts to a standard that is measured on taste, texture, flavor and appeal

PROFESSIONAL COOKING II

CUL 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3222 23/26 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Covers the procedures and techniques of sauces and stocks. Students will learn how to prepare a variety of classic hot and cold sauces, use thickening agents properly, recognize and classify sauces, and prepare a variety of stocks.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate the correct techniques for a variety of cooking methods including roasting, grilling, sautéing, braising, stewing and steaming to prepare finished dishes to industry standard
  • Demonstrate the ability to thicken soups with various thickening agents
  • Prepare a consommé with appropriate garnish
  • Understand the structure and composition of meat

FOOD PREPARATION II

CUL 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3232 23/26 Nov. 3, 2014 9 a.m. 2 p.m. MT Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Provides practice in the fundamental techniques related to hot food cooking. Students will perform specific competencies to develop their proficiency in techniques and the science of cooking. Topics that will be covered are pasta, potatoes and grain cookery. Additional Fee: $75.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the proper ways to make white & brown stocks per instructor demonstrations
  • Demonstrate and explain the preparation of clear, puree and cream based soups per instructor’s criteria
  • Display correct cooking procedures for a variety of dry, moist and combination cooking procedures

COOKING METHODS II

CUL 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3242 8/20 Sept. 24, 2014 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. They will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 109. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently

COOKING METHODS III

CUL 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3252 7/20 Sept. 24, 2014 9:15 a.m. 1:30 p.m. WThF Massey, R. Bldg. 31, Rm. 100

Credits: 7

Introduces students to the experience of preparing and cooking meals for restaurant service. Students will be given assignments and will rotate through restaurant stations throughout the quarter. Students will be expected to practice a high level of previously learned competencies in knife skills, sanitation, proper handling and storage of product, and working under stringent time guidelines. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: CUL 123 Additional Fee: $100.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate intermediate cooking techniques
  • Exhibit kitchen safety and sanitation practices
  • Prepare quality food according to specifications
  • Demonstrate positive work habits and the ability to work as a team member
  • Work quickly and efficiently
CIT 297

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Use existing programming skills to learn a new topic or a more advanced area of a previously covered topic

GENERAL STUDIES

DAS 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7712 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to the dental profession and cultural diversity, including the knowledge to correctly recognize and identify the various occupations within the dental field, as well as the terminology necessary to complete all other courses. Instructor permission required.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify early developments and major contributions to dentistry from early times through modern day
  • Describe ethics and the law as it applies to dentistry
  • Identify various forms of diversity to include discrimination and stereotypes
  • Identify basic anatomy of the mouth, throat, the names and locations of the teeth, their parts, and supporting structures as well as basic dental terminology
  • Describe and demonstrate the importance of the patient record, its contents, legal restrictions to include HIPPA
  • Identify various forms of oral diagnosis and treatment planning and explain the importance of correctly charting oral conditions

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

DAS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7702 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 12 p.m. 1 p.m. W Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to the sciences of microbiology, disease transmission, occupational health and safety, ergonomics, and the processes and procedures for infection prevention, disinfection, instrument processing, and sterilization. The student will be able to demonstrate how to prevent disease transmission and the proper handling of infectious and hazardous materials. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify basic principles of microbiology and list steps necessary to control contamination and prevent the spread of disease in the dental office
  • Define and demonstrate how disease is transmitted, how to prevent transmission, the correct handscrubbing and handwashing techniques, and proper use of personal protective equipment in compliance with OSHA and industry standards
  • Explain and demonstrate the proper techniques for disinfecting, sterilizing, handling, and storing dental instruments, equipment, and operatories in compliance with OSHA and industry standards
  • Explain and demonstrate proper handling and spill clean-up of hazardous chemicals and/or infectious materials, understand the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard and how to comply, to read and understand MSDS forms and the CPTC's clinic labeling system and chart, and comply with OSHA and industry standards

DENTAL SCIENCES I

DAS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7722 21/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 1 p.m. TTh Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

The student will explore information that will assist in accurately identifying oral anatomy, oral embryology, histology, common facial landmarks, and key elements of personal oral hygiene and nutrition. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify types of teeth, describe the Universal Numbering System, list anatomic features of primary and permanent teeth
  • Describe development of an individual during the embryonic stage and identify the composition of the tissues of the teeth, periodontium, and the surrounding oral mucosa
  • Describe and demonstrate the need for and key elements of a personal oral hygiene program for a patient
  • List the concepts of proper nutrition and identify how they are applied in our daily life in order to function at optimal health

DENTAL ASSISTING SKILLS I

DAS 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7732 20/20 Sept. 25, 2014 1 p.m. 2 p.m. Th Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to the techniques that will enable them to successfully achieve the goal of proper moisture control to provide better visibility in the operating field, reduce the transmission of infectious diseases, and maintain a safe laboratory environment. Students will learn to take alginate impressions, pour and trim diagnostic study casts, and to accurately record vital signs, including blood pressure, pulse and respiration. Students will be able to accurately identify dental charting symbols. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate selecting and fitting an appropriate impression tray, mixing alginate impression material, placing the material in the tray, and inserting the tray in the mouth
  • Demonstrate efficient moisture control techniques through intraoral evacuation methods
  • Describe and demonstrate safe handling of lab equipment
  • Demonstrate how to accurately obtain a patient's blood pressure and pulse and identify levels that are abnormal
  • Demonstrate how to accurately chart a dental patient's existing conditions and need for treatment at 100%

FOUNDATIONS OF CLINICAL DENTISTRY

DAS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7742 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 1 p.m. 2 p.m. W Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the management of a medical or dental emergency in the dental office. In addition, the student will be introduced to the dental treatment room, including the proper names, descriptions, use and care of dental instruments and equipment used in restorative dental procedures. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the common signs and symptoms of an emergency and how to recognize them
  • Describe how one should respond to specific emergencies
  • List the clinical equipment most commonly found in the dental treatment area
  • Discuss the basic function of the dental unit
  • Describe how to prepare the dental treatment area for a patient's arrival and it's importance
  • Describe how the operator and assistant are positioned during treatment

PRINCIPLES OF RADIOGRAPHY I

DAS 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7752 21/20 Sept. 23, 2014 1 p.m. 2 p.m. T Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 1

Introduces the student to the theory of radiographic techniques, including patient and operator safety while exposing radiographs. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and describe proper exposure, as well as, list possible health hazards posed by x-radiation
  • List the precautions that must be taken to ensure the safety of the patient and members of the dental health team with regards to x-radiation

DENTAL SCIENCES III

DAS 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7762 15/20 Sept. 23, 2014 10 a.m. 11 a.m. T Wirth, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the science of pharmacology, to include the recognition of potential drug interactions and the subject of anesthesia and pain control as it applies to dentistry. This course introduces the student to accommodations for the medically and physically compromised patient in regards to dental treatment. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and describe the reactions, properties, and administration of the drugs used in dentistry
  • Describe methods used to manage pain and anxiety related to dental procedures
  • Describe the equipment and materials needed to properly administer local anesthetic
  • Demonstrate the proper technique for assembling equipment for and assisting in the administration of local anesthetic
  • Identify the four level of organization in the human body
  • Explain the purpose and functions of each of the 10 body systems
  • Describe the signs and symptoms of common disorders related to each body system
  • Describe and locate the bones of the cranium and face, muscles of the head and neck, components of the temporomandibular joint, divisions of the trigeminal nerve, and locations of the paranasal sinuses

DENTAL ASSISTING SKILLS III

DAS 224

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7782 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MTWTh Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 14, Rm. 107

Credits: 7

This course covers the theory and practice of chair-side assisting, including oral evacuation and instrument exchange. Students are introduced to advanced chair-side instruments, tray systems, charting, study models, and rubber-dam application techniques. This course will cover the assembly and placement of matrix systems and construction of whitening trays and nightguards. The culminating project in this course covers the operatory preparation and assisting during restorative procedures. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Describe the process and principles of cavity preparation
  • Discuss the differences between assisting for a composite and an amalgam
  • Describe the need for placement of an intermediate restoration
  • Demonstrate correct placement of a tofflemire, matrix, and wedge
  • Demonstrate correct technique in mixing, placing, and carving an intermediate restoration
  • Demonstrate correct manipulation of a variety of dental cements
  • Demonstrate proper technique in constructing study models appropriate for patient consultation
  • Demonstrate proficiency in advanced patient charting at 100% accuracy
  • Demonstrate correct technique in advanced rubber dam placement
  • Demonstrate correct technique in constructing a niqhtguard and whitening trays
  • Demonstrate proper technique and principles while assisting for composite and amalgam procedures on a mannequin

DENTAL SPECIALTIES II

DAS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7772 15/20 Sept. 24, 2014 9 a.m. 11 a.m. W Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 8

This course explores in depth the dental specialties of fixed prosthodontics, including impression materials and laboratory techniques, removable prosthodontics and dental implants, oral and maxillofacial surgery, and pediatric dentistry. In addition, the student will be introduced to the expanded function of pit and fissure sealants, construction and placement of provisional crowns and bridges, polishing full and partial dentures, and retraction cord placement. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • List indications and contraindications for fixed prostheses
  • Demonstrate proper technique in placing retraction cord
  • Demonstrate proper technique in constructing custom temporary provisionals
  • Describe the types of impressions taken in a dental office
  • List the types of equipment found in a dental laboratory and describe their uses
  • Discuss the safety precautions that should be taken in the dental laboratory
  • Identify indications and contraindications for removable prosthodontics
  • Discuss the indications and contraindications for implants
  • Discuss the role of an oral surgery assistant and identify specialized instrumentation
  • Discuss the importance of the chain of asepsis during a surgical procedure and possible complications resulting from surgery
  • Describe the types of procedures that are performed for the pediatric patient compared with those performed to treat patients with permanent teeth
  • Describe the clinical indications for dental sealants
  • Demonstrate the proper application of dental sealants on a stone model

CERTIFICATION REVIEW II

DAS 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7792 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Online

Credits: 1

This course will prepare the student to take the Radiation Health and Safety exam through the Dental Assistant National Board. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103–140 and complete the Infection Control component of the DANB certification exam prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $212.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Take and pass the Radiation Health and Safety exam for the Dental Assistant National Board

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE I

DAS 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
77A2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Carson-Lewandowski, D. Bldg.

Credits: 1

Provides Dental Assistant students with the opportunity to use the skills and information acquired in DAS 103-228. Students will spend 30 hours, three hours a week volunteering in an infection control assistant capacity in a private office and/or dental clinic. Prerequisite: Student must successfully complete DAS 103 – 140 and complete the Infection Control certification prior to continuing in the Dental Assisting Program. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Given the materials, lectures, videos, guided practice sessions and assessments, the performance objectives have been brought forward to the clinical experience courses and must be performed with at least 75% accuracy

DENTAL TERMINOLOGY & PROCEDURES

DBOA 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0402 12/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Introduces information to correctly recognize and identify various occupations within the dental environment. Terminology necessary to complete all other courses. Information provided to accurately identify the names and numbers of teeth in the primary and permanent dentition. Students will complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS course. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify and recognize the duties and responsibilities of the various occupational roles within the dental field
  • Recognize and utilize basic dental terminology frequently used in the dental office
  • Research dental treatment procedures
  • Complete the Washington State Dental Association (WSDA) HIV/AIDS self-study Course

DENTAL CHARTING, SCHEDULING & RECALL MANAGEMENT

DBOA 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0412 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 5

Explores dental charting symbols and treatment descriptions. Develop, decipher and present a comprehensive treatment plan. Covers the necessary information to accurately develop a patient recall system and maintain productive and effective patient scheduling. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the Dentrix Dental Software to learn and practice dental charting, scheduling & recall procedures. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize, interpret and present various charting methods and symbols commonly used in the dental practice at 75% accuracy
  • Recognize dental terms, treatment procedures, and the cost and time involved in dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Demonstrate their ability to develop, decipher and present a treatment plan at 75% accuracy
  • Accurately demonstrate an understanding of the various ways of utilizing time units, dental staff abilities and patient needs to effectively schedule patient dental treatment at 75% accuracy
  • Develop an appointment matrix and schedule patients for appropriate treatment and appointments at 75% accuracy. These tasks will be completed manually and in the Dentrix Dental Practice Management software
  • Role play as a dental team member in a “morning huddle" classroom demonstration at 75% accuracy
  • Develop a patient recall system electronically using Dentrix at 80%
  • Identify the teeth and radiographic landmarks and mount radiographs at 90% accuracy

DENTAL CORRESPONDENCE & EMPLOYMENT SKILLS

DBOA 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0422 11/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 4

Explores a wide variety of dental office forms and development of manual and computerized inventory filing systems. Organizational skills are the primary emphasis of this course. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: DBOA 103 Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Prepare records for filing, apply alphabetical indexing rules and demonstrate the rules of filing
  • List and explain various types of inventory systems and factors determining supply quantity
  • Construct supply orders for the clinical and business office areas of a dental practice
  • List the components and describe the function of a clinical record and explain the rules for data entry
  • Identify and categorize various types of records maintained in a dental office and distinguish between active and inactive records.

DENTRIX ADVANCED TRAINING

DBOA 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0432 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wirth, R. Online

Credits: 2

Provides expanded Dentrix software skills to students with basic Dentrix Dental Software training and/or experience. Students will have training and access 24 hours a day to the software. Students will demonstrate setting up practice defaults in the Office Manager module, manage electronic charting in the Dentrix Dental Software, pursue dental insurance claims processing and payment posting processes, and explore and generate management reports. Prerequisite: DBOA 111 and/or industry experience with the Dentrix Dental Software. Additional Fee: $25.00

Course Outcomes

  • Manage electronic charting in the Dentrix dental software
  • Pursue Dental Insurance claims processing and payment posting processes in the Dentrix software

DRAFTING I

DSN 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3602 21/28 Oct. 27, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 6

This course introduces students to the fundamental skills and concepts necessary for interior design planning and drawing, including use of drafting tools, exercises in line weight and line type quality, architectural scale, dimensioning and architectural lettering.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify drafting tools and uses
  • Read a standard tape measure
  • Use decimal equivalents of fractions
  • Use the adding and subtraction method for measurements
  • Show understanding of how to use an architectural scale
  • Identify orthographic drawings/floor plans
  • Draft using proper line-weights, line-types and graphics and symbols to show different elements in the details of a drawing
  • Produce drawings with correct dimensioning style
  • Demonstrate ability to use architectural lettering
  • Complete a drafting project using skills from 1-9 objectives

INTERIOR DESIGN & THE DESIGN PROCESS

DSN 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3612 20/28 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

This course will introduce the student to concepts to successfully steer an idea on its journey from imagination to object and to focus on where the idea is going. This introduction describes the nature of a designer’s journey, maps the path a designer will take and explore the path of what happens along the way. This course is an introduction to inspiration, conceptualization, communication, and elements and principles of design and trend spotting.

Course Outcomes

  • Given text book reading assignments and lecture, the student will be able to explain and define the design processes that are crucial for the protection of the health, safety and welfare of the public
  • Given lecture, handouts and exercises the student will be able to define the elements and principles of design
  • Students will create their own design dictionary, using the vocabulary assignments from Foundations of Interior Design and learn the new language of design
  • Given lecture and exercises the student will complete handouts for Elements of Style and be able to identify the different periods and styles of interior design
  • Students will create a presentation to identify their own personal style, as they understand it

COLOR THEORY

DSN 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3622 20/28 Oct. 8, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

This course is an introduction to the world of color, encompassing the following: the three dimensions of color, color systems, color theory, coloring agents, dimensions of color in compositions, principles and elements of design in color, color interactions, symbolisms, influence of color and exercises of putting color to use.

Course Outcomes

  • Given text book reading assignments and lecture the student will be able to give a definition of color and explain its properties, physiology and how light gives objects color
  • Given reading assignments and exercises the student will be able to define the various color systems
  • Given reading assignments, exercises and lectures the student will learn coloring agents, dimensions of color, value of color and intensity of color
  • Given lecture, reading assignments and exercises the student will create a color wheel using value, hue and chroma

INTRODUCTION TO DRAWING AND RENDERING

DSN 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3632 20/28 Nov. 17, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

Introduction to Drawing and Rendering is a beginning look at some of the drawing methods and materials used by interior designers. This course begins with the fundamental concepts of freehand sketching and gaining the ability to think three-dimensionally. It is also an introduction for methods to communicate your design vision through hand-drawn renderings. This is shown by the use of shade, shadow, texture, pattern, color and material qualities.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify materials, media and tools used in rendering
  • Convey depth to a two-dimensional drawing surface to appear more three dimensional and to reveal the material qualities of the design
  • Show the use of shadow and shade in plan drawings
  • Convey texture, pattern and material qualities in their drawings
  • Sketch quickly to create a close approximation of an object with an economy of time
  • Identify a working knowledge of color theory for renderings
  • Communicate their design vision through hand renderings
  • Identify how perspective drawings offer a natural view of interior space and for this reason is commonly used in design presentations
  • Draw quickly and fairly accurately with an understanding of basic perspective principles
  • Complete exercises using skills from 1-9 objectives

FURNITURE AND CABINET DESIGN

DSN 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3642 9/30 Nov. 24, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 2

This course covers the fundamentals of custom furniture and cabinet design. Students will design a unique custom piece of furniture based on the study of furniture design theory, function, social use, materials and fabrication.

Course Outcomes

  • Understand a basic working knowledge of furniture design
  • Recognize some noteworthy furniture designs from historical times to current day
  • Sketch furniture design concepts
  • Create elevations of a custom furniture piece
  • Gain perspective into industries and companies that produce furniture
  • Gain perspective into furniture marketing and professional practice
  • Recognize and utilize their knowledge of materials and fabrication technologies
  • Design a custom piece of furniture/cabinetry
  • Create a rendered perspective of their custom furniture piece
  • Present their custom furniture design piece in a professional manner including a brief design statement

COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATIONS

DSN 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3652 9/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

This course covers general notes used within construction documents, the specification of products, fabrication, and applications for commercial interior design. It also covers the liabilities of the designer in regard to specification writing for codes, standards, and federal regulations that are an essential part of designing building interiors. Prerequisites: DSN 225

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the seven categories of interior finishes and furnishings covered by the codes and standards
  • Identify typical regulated finishes/furniture and required tests
  • Access ratings for interior floor finishes using the Radiant Panel Test
  • Specify appropriate resilient flooring for commercial spaces
  • Identify accessibility requirements for accessible finishes
  • Access resources in the community for commercial products. Access representatives in community for product information and specifications
  • Access ratings for interior walls, ceilings and other structural elements using the Steiner Tunnel Test
  • Identify performance guidelines for contract fabric using the ACT: Association for Contract Textiles
  • Identify interior finish classification limitations using the Life Safety Code Table
  • Complete a group exercise showing the students understanding of access ratings for commercial design finishes
  • Identify material selections for indoor air quality
  • Access the MasterFormat System
  • Complete a product specifications and finish selection using a commercial space

DESIGN II

DSN 236

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3662 9/30 Oct. 27, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Through site visits, research and building plans, the student will develop and present a space plan and sustainable design concept for a project of commercial nature, using an existing space as a model. Students will also be introduced to building code topics such as occupant load, means of egress and emergency lighting and signage. Upon completion of the project, students will give a verbal and visual presentation of their design concept. Prerequisites: DSN 225.

Course Outcomes

  • Conduct a survey of an existing public space for use during the project, including measurements, photos, and research
  • Collect and organize programming information for use in their design
  • Utilize imagery and notes to contextualize design
  • Develop concept drawings as a part of the design process
  • Determine egress travel distance, including the Common Path of Egress Travel, for a building interior
  • Determine the Occupant Load for an interior space
  • Utilize more advanced techniques to create rendered drawings of an interior space
  • Collect appropriate images and samples of proposed FF&E and materials to represent their design concept
  • Develop a design concept statement
  • Create a concept board for presentation of a commercial project
  • Give a brief professional verbal and visual presentation of their design concept to a client
  • Gain a basic understanding of green/sustainable design and apply this knowledge to a design concept for a commercial space

CAD II

DSN 239

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3672 9/30 Oct. 6, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

This course includes the intermediate level use of 2-dimensional CAD (computer aided drafting). To develop increased knowledge, speed, and accuracy, following demonstration and in class exercises, the student will use AutoCAD software to develop an interior drawing set utilizing layouts in paper space. Prerequisites: DSN 216.

Course Outcomes

  • Increase speed and accuracy utilizing basic AutoCAD commands
  • Utilize additional tools and develop intermediate skills in AutoCAD
  • Create a plan set for interiors to include Cover Page, Dimensioned Floor Plan, Space Plan, Reflected Ceiling Plan, Building Section, Elevations & Details, and Finish Plan
  • Format drawing sets utilizing Paper Space and Viewports

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3682 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Bowman, M. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 3

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor Approval.

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 270

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3692 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Houser, S. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 4

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, students will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $19.00

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form (including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

INDEPENDENT STUDY

DSN 275

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
36A2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Watts, J. Bldg. 19, Rm. 202

Credits: 5

Explore or expand knowledge of interior design within an independent study format. With guidance and instructor approval, the student will select a meaningful project within an area of interest to strengthen their range of abilities. The student will fulfill several pre-approved objectives at the conclusion of the course, where they will complete a self-assessment and final presentation to the instructor. Prerequisites: Instructor approval. Additional Fee: $23.75

Course Outcomes

  • Given one-on-one discussion with the instructors within the sixth quarter of the Interior Design Program, the student will select an area of interest and project model that they would like to explore. The project model must be approved by the instructors and must be a valid and meaningful addition to the student’s representative work or skills in interior design. The project model may involve expansion of prior work or may involve a new topic of study. Examples of project models may include, but are not limited to the following:
  • Additional work on Residential Design Projects
  • Additional work on Commercial Design Projects
  • Alternative configuration, expansion of, or digitally imaged version of student portfolio
  • Additional research paper on interior design topics, issues, construction methods, conservation, color studies, historic preservation, etc
  • Additional internship experience as defined within the Internship Course Syllabus
  • Additional exploration of AutoCAD computer programs, systems design, space planning or other design specialty areas
  • Following approval of the project model, the student will complete a project agreement form ( including project definition, schedule, objectives and assessment criteria) that will be signed by both the student and the instructors. The student will be responsible for fulfilling their goals on an independent study basis. At the conclusion of the project he/she will complete a self-assessment and will present the object model to the instructors for evaluation. The successful student must demonstrate the ability to follow his /her own written program and goals to produce a cohesive solution

ISSUES AND TRENDS GREEN

ECE 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4102 2/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Research topics that cover some of the current sustainable practices and trends in the ECE field. Additional Fee: $6.00

ECE CURRICULUM: MATH

ECE 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4112 13/20 Oct. 20, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Kaasa, M. Online

Credits: 2

Explore the different aspects of early childhood curriculum in mathematics. Additional Fee: $6.00

PRACTICUM 4: GREEN

ECE 190

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4122 0/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a sustainable practices or “green” specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $9.00

PRACTICUM 4: THE EMOTIONALLY INTELLIGENT CHILD

ECE 194

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4132 4/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with an emotional intelligence specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM 4: WORKING WITH FAMILIES

ECE 198

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4142 1/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with a working with families specialization. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

PORTFOLIO ADVENTURE

ECE 290

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4152 4/20 Oct. 2, 2014 4 p.m. 5 p.m. Th Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Provides the student with the opportunity to compile their Early Care and Education degree portfolio. The portfolio adventure is an opportunity for the student to establish self marketing goals in the field as well as to produce an end product that reflects the student’s best practice, passion, and experience to date in the program and field. Students will receive instructor guidance and feedback and will participate in the ECE portfolio review process prior to graduation. Additional Fee: $6.00

BASIC CHILD CARE TRAINING (STARS)

ECED&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4162 9/20 Sept. 30, 2014 6 p.m. 9 p.m. T Holland-O'Hern, C. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111
4172 4/20 Oct. 20, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Havens, A. Online

Credits: 3

Designed to meet licensing requirements for early learning teachers and family home child care providers, the STARS 30-hour basics course is recognized in the MERIT system. Topics include child growth/development, cultural competency, community resources, guidance, heath/safety/nutrition and professional practice. Additional Fee: $9.00

INTRODUCTION TO EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

ECED&105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4182 21/20 Sept. 29, 2014 6:15 p.m. 10:15 p.m. M Felch, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Explore the foundations of early childhood education. Examine theories defining the field, issues and trends, best practices and program models. Observe children, professionals and programs in action. Additional Fee: $15.00. Hybrid.

ADMINISTRATION OF EARLY LEARNING PROGRAMS

ECED&139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4192 4/20 Sept. 30, 2014 6 p.m. 9:15 p.m. T Mcclintock, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 118

Credits: 3

Develop administrative skills required to develop, open, operate, manage and assess early childhood education and care programs. Explore techniques and resources available for Washington State licensing and National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) standard compliance. Additional Fee: $9.00

COMPUTER ESSENTIALS FOR THE ECE PROFESSIONAL

ECS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41A2 20/20 Sept. 25, 2014 6 p.m. 10 p.m. Th Johnson, A. Bldg. 11, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Covers the essential computer tools and techniques necessary for the ECE professional. Designing forms, parent newsletters, fliers, brochures, and other materials needed to smoothly run a child care center. Text required. Additional Fee: $12.00

PRACTICUM III

ECS 183

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41B2 16/20 Sept. 29, 2014 4 p.m. 5 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Provides the student with practical field experience. Students will work at community child care centers or the Hayes Child Development Center on the Lakewood campus, allowing them to apply classroom study to on-the-job situations. Includes a scheduled seminar. Additional Fee: $29.00

PRESCHOOL ACTIVITIES

ECS 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41C2 17/20 Oct. 1, 2014 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Lockhart, S. Bldg. 10, Rm. 118

Credits: 2

Covers developmentally appropriate activities for preschoolers. This is a hands-on class that will provide a chance for making and sharing samples. Additional Fee: $6.00

PRACTICUM IV INFANTS AND TODDLERS

ECS 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41D2 0/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with specialization in infants and toddlers. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM IV SCHOOL AGE

ECS 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41F2 0/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for practical field experience with school-age specialization. Additional Fee: $23.00

ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EARLY CARE AND EDUCATION

ECS 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41G2 1/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Research that covers some of the current issues and trends in the ECE field. Additional Fee: $6.00

LEADERSHIP IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

ECS 266

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41H2 12/20 Sept. 25, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m. Th Chase-Deitrich, D. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Designed for leaders in the early childhood field. Essential skills for effective leadership will be covered: creating a shared vision, team building, managing change, personal development, communication, conflict management, staff development and empowerment strategies. Additional Fee: $12.00

PRACTICUM IV - LEADERSHIP

ECS 286

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41J2 4/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a leadership specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. There is a focus on emotional intelligence and conducting meetings. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM IV - CHILD DEVELOPMENT

ECS 287

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41K2 0/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a preschool specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. Additional Fee: $23.00

PRACTICUM IV - FAMILY CHILDCARE PROFESSIONAL

ECS 288

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41L2 0/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with a family childcare specialization. Includes a seminar component and observations. Additional Fee: $23.00

ECE PRACTICUM IV: SPECIAL NEEDS

ECS 297

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41M2 1/20 Sept. 30, 2014 5 p.m. 6 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Provides the student with the opportunity for a practical field experience with specialization in special needs. Includes a seminar component. Additional Fee: $23.00

GUIDING BEHAVIOR

EDUC&130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41N2 15/20 Sept. 29, 2014 6:15 p.m. 9:30 p.m. M Colombini, L. Bldg. 10, Rm. 118

Credits: 3

Examine the principles and theories promoting social competence in young children and creating safe learning environments. Develop skills promoting effective interactions, providing positive individual guidance and enhancing group experiences. Additional Fee: $9.00

CHILD, FAMILY & COMMUNITY

EDUC&150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
41P2 19/20 Oct. 1, 2014 6 p.m. 9:15 p.m. W Edmondson, R. Bldg. 10, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Students working with children ages birth through school age and their families will learn how to integrate the family and community contexts in which a child develops. The students will learn how to explore cultures and demographics of families in society, community resources, strategies for involving families in the education of their child and tools for effective communication. Additional Fee: $9.00

AC/DC: BASIC THEORY, FRACTIONS & OHM’S LAW

EFS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5802 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements of circuits, fractions, Ohm’s law, decimals, and decimal fractions. Formulas in electrical work, positive and negative numbers, exponents, powers of ten, and solving Ohm’s law. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter one and end of chapter test, the student will be able to explain the basic theory of electricity, electrical measurements, and circuits
  • Upon the completion of chapter two and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do fractions, ohms law, decimals, decimal fractions, and the metric system
  • Upon the completion of chapter three and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to do formulas, positive and negative numbers, formulas with exponents, units of measurements in electronics, solving the ohms law formulas for current, voltage and resistance
  • Upon the completion of chapter four and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate and solve for voltage, resistance and current in a series circuit

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: SERIES PARALLEL & COMBINATION CIRCUITS

EFS 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5812 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to voltage, current, resistance, total values, and control of current in a series circuit. Introduction to parallel circuits, current and resistance, and voltage in a parallel circuit. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter five and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to calculate total current, total resistance and total voltage in a parallel circuit
  • Upon the completion of chapter six and at the end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve parallel series circuits, series parallel circuits, line drop and electrical distribution systems
  • Upon the completion of chapter seven and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve for power in a simple circuit, combine un-like terms, total power in an electrical circuit, solve the power formula for current or voltage, and solve exponential power formulas
  • Upon the completion of chapter eight and the end of the chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to combine like terms, combine unlike terms, solve algebraic equations, solve equations by transposition and cross multiplication, and combine unlike involving signed numbers

AC/DC ELECTRICITY: ELECTRICAL & POWER APPLICATIONS

EFS 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5822 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces electric power in electric circuits, solving the power formula for current and voltage. Algebra for complex electric circuits. Resistance of wire of different sizes and length, sizing wire for a given load. Instantaneous values, maximum values and phase angles of an AC sine wave. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 106, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of chapter eleven and at the end of chapter test, the student will be able to solve for percentages, evaluate conversion factors for electrical and mechanical power, find efficiency of electronic components, determine input and output of electrical devices, load matching and power transfer
  • Upon the completion of chapter twelve and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to solve ratios and proportions, learn the American Wire Gage Table (AWG), resistance of wire of different materials, resistance of wire of different lengths, resistance of wire of different cross sectional area, and resistance of wire of any diameter, any length, or any material
  • Upon the completion of chapter thirteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to determine the maximum current carrying capacity of wires, find the maximum size of wire to a given load. Calculate the correct size of wire to prevent excessive voltage drop
  • Upon the completion of chapter fourteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to explain and perform basic trigonometric functions of a right triangle and find the length of sides of a right triangle
  • Upon the completion of chapter fifteen and end of chapter test, the student will demonstrate the ability to make and explain graphs, the generation of an AC voltage, instantaneous values, maximum values, phase angles of an AC sine wave, effective values of an AC sine wave, measuring an AC sine wave, vectors and phase’s and the Pythagorean theorems and power

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE PRINT READING

EFS 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5832 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to practical print reading as it applies to the National Electrical Code. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of each chapter of the NEC Print reading book, the student will demonstrate the ability to read prints as they apply to the National Electrical Code

NATIONAL ALARM INSTALLER TRAINING PROGRAM

EFS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5842 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basic alarm by completing the comprehensive lessons, viewing video, and completing lesson tests. With final test, the student will have a thorough exposure to alarm systems. Instructor permission required. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon the completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe basic alarm systems and components.
  • Getting started: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the three units of electricity, voltage, current and resistance, and basic Ohm’s Law formula
  • Relays: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe relays, their operation, and uses in alarm systems
  • Protective Circuits: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain voltage sources, intrusion detectors, connecting wiring, current indicators, protective loops, and end of line devices
  • Using a volt meter: Upon completion of the reading assignments, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of the lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of volt ohm meters and their uses in the alarm industry
  • Installations tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the proper respect for tools, different types of screwdrivers and their proper use, special purpose screwdrivers and common hand tools used in the alarm industry
  • Installation and wiring: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will explain the installation and wiring alarm systems in residential and commercial buildings, home running wiring, junction boxes, backbone or spine wiring, multi-conductor cables, wiring between floors of a building, concealing magnetic contacts, end of line resistors, and tamper switches

CCTV APPLICATION & DESIGN

EFS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5852 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces the student to basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV systems design and applications. Prerequisites: EFS 105, EFS 106, and EFS 107, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components
  • Cameras & Lighting: Introduction: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain camera sensitivity, definition of CCD explanation and attributes, advantage of the chip camera over the tube type camera, CCD chip definition and description, dummy cameras, common rules of thumb and spectral response charts
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the student will describe lenses consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, cs style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters, and lenses terminology
  • Industrial time-lapse video recorders: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate industrial recorders versus consumer VCR’s, video recording and playback , time-lapse procedures, location and environment, audio recording with time-lapse, event recording, and options
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will select camera housings and camera mounting brackets
  • Video motion detectors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test the student will explain video motion detection used and digital computer interfaced motion detection
  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will describe CCTV system and its components

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES

EFS 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5862 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 6

Introduces National Electrical Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable electrical codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NEC test the student will demonstrate the ability to use the computer and National Electrical Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NEC article and sub-paragraph

NATIONAL FIRE CODES

EFS 119

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5872 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 6

Introduces the National Fire Codes. Through individual tests, the student will be able to research applicable fire codes. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of NFPA test the student will use the computer and National Fire Code for windows by query, search for a single word, search for more than one code with logical operators, search for exact phrase, search by section and tables, link tables, charts and exceptions together, insert bookmarks and highlight applicable text and references. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate NFPA article and sub-paragraph

CCTV FIELD SERVICE & INSTALLATION

EFS 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5882 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces basic systems service and installation of CCTV systems. Through individual lessons, the student will be exposed to the basics of CCTV field service and installation. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Video Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the use of a CCTV system and its components
  • Camera Theory: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the video accompanying tape and completing the end of section test, the student will explain camera tube and CCD comparisons, CCD explanations and attributes, CCD chip definitions, descriptions and common rules of thumb concerning cameras
  • Lenses: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completing the end of lesson tests, the students will explain lenses, consideration and choices, color camera lenses, focal length, field of view, depth of field, zoom lenses, CS style cameras and lenses, IRIS and F stop explanation, 2X tele-converters and lenses terminology
  • Protective Circuits: Lenses selection tools: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of the lesson test, the student explain lenses selection, lenses slide rule focal length, field of view, illumination guide, lenses selection wheel and lenses view finder
  • Monitors: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate the application and size of monitors, location and layout, operator fatigue and monitor terminology
  • Housings & bracket: Upon completion of the reading assignment, viewing the accompanying video tape and completion of the end of lesson test, the student will demonstrate how to select camera housings and camera mounting brackets

WASHINGTON ADMINISTRATIVE CODES

EFS 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5892 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 2

Introduces the student to the Washington Administrative Codes pertaining to industrial safety and to electrical installations in the state of Washington. Prerequisites: EFS 108, EFS 109, and EFS 110, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Upon completion of Washington Administrative Code test the student will describe the WAC as applied to the electrical trade. All questions must be referenced to the appropriate WAC article
  • Upon completion of WAC RCW 19.28, WAC296-46 and WAC 296-401A the student will explain the WAC Codes applicable to the Low Voltage Industry

ADDRESSABLE FIRE SLC SYSTEMS/DESIGN

EFS 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58A2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Addressable and Intelligent Fire Alarm Systems using Signaling Line Circuits (SLC). Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application and design. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the 78-Credit Hour Electrician Low Voltage Fire/Security Certificate, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Addressable Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of an Intelligent Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Signaling Line Circuit as used with a Fire Alarm System
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Addressable Fire Alarm Systems

BIOMETRICS ACCESS

EFS 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58B2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces biometrics access control. Various biometrics systems are explored, as well as computer programmed access-control systems. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, as well as hands-on practical application, installation and design. Prerequisites: EFS 207 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various Biometric Systems as well as their application
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the computer programming of various Access Systems
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of networking of various Access Systems

ADVANCED VOICE EVACUATION FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

EFS 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58C2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Advanced Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems as used in high-rise applications. Includes comprehensive lessons, lecture, and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 211 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm System
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Initiating Devises and Zoning Application of High Rise Installations
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of a Notification Devices and Voice Evacuation of High Rise Applications
  • Demonstrate by practical application the Installation, Design and Service of Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Systems and interconnections to Building controls such as elevator recall

FIRE CODES, NICET, NFPA

EFS 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58D2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Fire Codes, AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction), NICET (National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologies), and NFPA (National Fire Protection Association). Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 216 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of National and Local Fire Codes
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including Acceptance testing and required periodic Inspections
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Requirements of the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technology
  • Demonstrate by practical application the National Fire Protective Association NFPA 72

HIGH SECURITY STRUCTURED CABLING

EFS 226

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58F2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces High Security Structured Cabling in residential and commercial applications. Explores cabling as a total package. Includes most applications of security and low voltage needs. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 221 or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of High Security Structure Cabling
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Cable types and uses
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of NEC Code requirement for proper Installation of various cables
  • Demonstrate proper trouble shooting techniques on Structured wiring

CCTV DIGITAL NETWORK SOLUTIONS

EFS 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
58G2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Gordon, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 202

Credits: 7

Introduces Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Digital Network Solutions. Explores applications that require the camera to be recorded and viewed digitally and or remotely via various networks. Includes comprehensive lessons; lecture; and hands-on practical application, installation, and design. Prerequisites: EFS 226, or instructor’s permission. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of various applications of Digital Recording
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of the Various Networking Solutions of CCTV
  • Identify terms and concepts and demonstrate an understanding of Micro Applications using CCTV

BASIC READING AND WRITING

ENG 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W03 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
5W04 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
5W01 14/25 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 201
5W02 20/25 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 116

Credits: 5

Introduces and develops basic reading and writing skills. Focus is on writing proper sentences and sound paragraphs that express a main idea clearly and fully with a minimum of errors in sentence structure, punctuation and spelling. Coursework emphasizes writing from observation as well as writing in response to reading. Helps refine reading comprehension and increase vocabulary for college-level reading requirements. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 5W02, 5W03 and 5W04 are web enhanced. Sections 2P31, 2P51, 2P02, and 2P92 are hybrid.

Note: The 5W03 and 5W04 sections of Basic Reading and Writing are part of College Success through Basic Reading and Writing, which are linked with COLL 101 2P31 and 2P51, respecitvely. Placed into English 082? Want to be a part of an active, social and engaging class? In this 7-credit Learning Community you will practice using time management, note taking and study skills while working on your English sentence structure, punctuation and spelling.

ADVANCED READING AND WRITING

ENG 094

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W11 0/25 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online
5W09 25/25 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
5W08 25/25 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 14, Rm. 212
5W10 24/25 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online
5W07 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online
5W05 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 16, Rm. 205

Credits: 5

Enhances writing ability with emphasis on organization, unity, coherence and adequate development of short essays. Introduction to various types of paragraphs and essays and review of the rules and conventions of standard written English. Both paper and electronic communication tools will be used. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 82. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 5W04, 5W05, 5W06, 5W07 and 5W08 are web enhanced. Section 2P71 is hybrid.

Note: The 5W04 section of Advanced Reading and Writing is part of College Success through Advanced Reading and Writing, which is linked with COLL 101 #2P71. Does writing an essay stump you? Do you worry that you may not have the study strategies you need to succeed in college? Worry no more! This 7-credit Learning Community helps with these and other issues, preparing you for College English and giving you skills that will improve the way you manage time, take notes, and read effectively and efficiently. Students assessed for English 094 may enroll.

BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS

ENG 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0541 12/25 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online

Credits: 5

Review structure, content and usage as applied to business correspondence. Emphasis will be placed on writing clear, effective written communication, including memoranda, email, letters, resumes, and feasibility reports. Compile a portfolio. Researching and documenting data using electronic databases and the Internet will be required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094.

ENGLISH COMPOSITION I

ENGL&101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0539 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online
0535 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270
0532 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270
0537 25/25 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270
0536 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270
0534 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270
0540 30/30 Sept. 25, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online
0533 25/25 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270
0538 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online

Credits: 5

Introduction to expository writing where emphasis is placed upon unified, coherent essays. Learn to generate essays that support a thesis and to use the rhetorical modes of development (narration, description, comparison/contrast, cause and effect, persuasion) appropriately. Recognize writing as a process and use secondary MLA/ APA documentation styles to support critical thinking and writing. Prerequisite: COMPASS score of 77 in writing and 86 in reading. Placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0516, 0517, 0519, 0522, 0532, 0535, 0536, and 0537 are web enhanced.

INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGY

ENV 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4502 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. MWThF Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 4

Additional Lab Hours: Ecology Lab, 9 a.m.-1 p.m., Thursdays.

Covers the basic topics of ecology, including population biology, plant and animal species characterization, and habitat restoration. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to explain basic ecology concepts with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe land habitats with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe fresh water habitats with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to describe salt water habitats with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, audio visual aids, discussion and practicum, students will be able to survey prominent microbiological groups and species with a minimum of 70% accuracy on examinations

ORIENTATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

ENV 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4512 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Fritz, A. Online

Credits: 4

Survey the wide range of duties and career choices available to the environmental technician.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given field trips, guest speakers and discussion students will be able to describe the nature of Environmental Science and Technology and identify possible areas and places of employment within 70% of standard

GENERAL CHEMISTRY W/LAB

ENV 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4522 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MTWF Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 6

Additional Lab Hours: 12-3 p.m., Tuesdays and Wednesdays, Building 15, Room WL.

This course provides the basic concepts, principles and applications of inorganic chemistry germane to the environmental field. Related instruction includes mathematics used in designing, conducting and interpreting analytical procedures. Laboratory methods, chemical calculations, properties of solutions, and properties of acids and bases are also covered. Additional Fee: $20.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to calculate the percent yield of a chemical reaction using the theoretical mass of a chemical derived by using balanced chemical equations and stoichiometric principles which is then compared to the actual mass of a chemical produced in the laboratory. All the calculations and lab experiments will be completed with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to define the terms solution, solute, and solvent and will be able to calculate and prepare solutions of different concentrations in the commonly used units with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will recognize acids and bases, will be able to define what is meant by the term pH and how to measure pH, and will be able to calculate hydronium and/or hydroxide ion concentration from pH data with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to name and describe the major classes of hydrocarbons, identify the common functional groups, and write condensed and structural formulas for simple hydrocarbons with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to utilize reference materials and lab equipment to perform lab analyses of samples with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY W/LAB

ENV 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4532 20/20 Oct. 29, 2014 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MTWF Fritz, A. Bldg. 16, Rm. 104

Credits: 6

Additional Lab Hours: 12-3 p.m., Tuesdays and Wednesdays, Building 15, Room WL.

This is a continuation of ENV 162 General Chemistry with progressive instruction in laboratory methods, chemical calculations, properties of solutions, acids and bases, and an introduction to organic chemistry. Additional Fee: $20.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to calculate the percent yield of a chemical reaction using the theoretical mass of a chemical derived by using balanced chemical equations and stoichiometric principles which is then compared to the actual mass of a chemical produced in the laboratory. All the calculations and lab experiments will be completed with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to define the terms solution, solute, and solvent and will be able to calculate and prepare solutions of different concentrations in the commonly used units with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will recognize acids and bases, will be able to define what is meant by the term pH and how to measure pH, and will be able to calculate hydronium and/or hydroxide ion concentration from pH data with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to name and describe the major classes of hydrocarbons, identify the common functional groups, and write condensed and structural formulas for simple hydrocarbons with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations
  • Given lecture, handouts, textbook, instrumentation, audio-visual aids, field trips, guest speakers, discussion and practicum, students will be able to utilize reference materials and lab equipment to perform lab analyses of samples with a minimum of 70% accuracy on practical examinations

ISSUES IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT

ENV 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4542 14/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TF Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours: 9 a.m.-12:50 p.m., Thursdays, Sept. 25-Dec. 4, Building 15, Room WL.

Course explores a variety of urban environmental issues. Storm-water management, sewage treatment, drinking-water treatment, and waste disposal. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100 -level courses, except ENV 134. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify federal regulations related to drinking water and the potential impacts of mismanagement.
  • Identify and describe the importance and process of drinking water purification
  • Identify and describe design requirements for water distribution systems.
  • Discuss the evolution of sewer system processes
  • Identify and describe requirements for sanitary sewer systems
  • Discuss the relationship between increased urbanization and stormwater runoff
  • Discuss the changing attitudes toward stormwater management in urban settings
  • Identify and describe the requirements for and importance of an effective stormwater management system
  • Identify the federal regulations related to wastewater treatment and disposal
  • Identify and describe the treatment/disposal processes for sanitary sewage
  • Identify and describe disposal requirements (including the development of IWM strategies) for municipal solid waste and strategies for waste minimization
  • Identify and describe disposal requirements for hazardous waste and strategies for waste minimization
  • Perform tests on drinking water to determine potential contaminants
  • Perform laboratory analysis using a gas chromatograph and atomic absorption spectrometer

INTERNSHIP

ENV 240

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4552 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Fritz, A. Bldg.

Credits: 10

All students finishing the program are required to complete an internship. This is a temporary full-time position in the public or private sector where the student gains confidence and experience in a chosen area of employment. Students experience on-the-job opportunities as well as making a skilled contribution to the internship provider. Opportunities to find internships are provided, but the student is in charge of finding his or her own internship. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 246, Environmental Science Capstone required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Obtain an internship, sending both a resume and cover letter to them, using the telephone and having a personal interview
  • Perform internship of approximately 300 hours, both giving assistance and receiving educational instruction from the provider

ENVIRONMENTAL LAW II

ENV 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4562 14/20 Sept. 22, 2014 11:30 a.m. 1:50 p.m. MW Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

Course places an emphasis on correct, accurate interpretation of environmental regulations and their applications. Students will be able to research, interpret, and use a variety of regulations upon completion. Regulations include RCRA, CERCLA, CWA, Washington Drinking Water Rules, Washington State Water Quality regulations, SDWA, and other applicable state, federal and local regulations. Course also covers Federal Energy Policy, including development of fossil fuels and alternative energy sources. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134. Additional Fee: $23.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss the energy policies of the United States and how those policies affect other areas socially and economically
  • Identify requirements of water regulations including the Safe Drinking Water Act, Clean Water Act and Washington State’s water quality standards
  • Discuss the importance of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System and how it affects industry
  • Identify the requirements of the Clean Air Act
  • Identify hazardous waste disposal and clean up requirements included in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE CAPSTONE

ENV 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4572 1/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Smith, K. Online

Credits: 2

This course accompanies ENV 240 Internship. The Capstone Project integrates the CPTC core abilities with the internship and identification of how the core abilities apply in the workforce. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 4th-quarter courses, or instructor permission. Enrollment in ENV 240, Internship required. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain how each of the CPTC Core Abilities (Communication, Critical Thinking/Problem Solving, Information/Technological Literacy, and Personal/Professional Responsibility) is demonstrated in the individual’s internship experience
  • Identify skills learned in program coursework and how they are implemented in the internship experience
  • Identify skills learned during the internship not covered in program courses
  • Reflect how the internship process enhances the learning process and helps prepare one for employment

INTRODUCTION TO SOILS

ENV 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4582 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 10:50 a.m. MW Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 5

Additional Lab Hours: 9 a.m.-12:50 p.m., Thursdays, Sept. 25-Dec. 4, Building 15, Room WL.

Course focuses on basic physical, biological, and chemical concepts of soil science. Practical exercises and projects will be used to demonstrate how soil data is commonly used in regulatory, legal, and scientific land use interpretations and decisions. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all ENV 100-level courses, except ENV 134. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe five basic physical soil properties on written and laboratory exams with at least 60% accuracy
  • Demonstrate proficient use of a Soil Survey by correctly identifying five different soil series, locating ten soils and five topographic features or land uses with 90% accuracy
  • Demonstrate knowledge of organic and mineral soil chemistry and biology on written and lab exams with 70% accuracy
  • Identify engineering properties and uses of soil through completion of a designated building project and meeting specific criteria based on local and state standards

Hazardous Material Trans

ENV 270

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4592 13/20 Sept. 23, 2014 11 a.m. 12:20 p.m. TF Smith, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 102

Credits: 3

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define the purpose, scope, and applicability of the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations and their responsibility in DOT regulatory compliance
  • Identify hazardous materials according to U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material shipping criteria
  • Properly identify packaging conditions that are acceptable for handling and transportation.
  • Determine and recognize correct marking requirements for a packaged, non-bulk, and non-radioactive hazardous material
  • Properly select and apply primary and subsidiary hazard labels to given hazardous material packages in accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material regulations.
  • Determine and recognize appropriate documentation requirements for describing hazardous materials shipping papers
  • Identify hazardous material placarding requirements according to the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material regulations
  • Properly identify hazardous material storage and loading separation and segregation requirements in accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material regulations
  • Identify when a unique shipping situation exists and what requirements are needed for compliance to ship a particular hazardous material
  • Recognize basic safety practices to be used in the event of a transportation incident involving hazardous materials.
  • Identify the hazardous waste transportation requirements as addressed in the DOT Hazardous Material Regulations and Environmental Protection Agency Regulations

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6202 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7:30 a.m. 8:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 2

A comprehensive survey of the body systems and how they work as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Class projects include eukaryotic cell, cranial puzzle, muscles of the head and neck, and muscle flash cards. Additional Fee: $50.00

HISTOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SKIN

ES 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6212 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 9:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 3

A comprehensive examination of the epidermis, dermis and hypocutis, including specialty cells and dermal adnexa. Examination of the physiology of the epidermal basement membrane, accessory organs of skin and epidermal differentiation as they relate to the practice of esthetics. Additional Fee: $50.00

INTRODUCTION TO COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6222 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9:30 a.m. 10:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 3

Fundamentals of chemistry, including differences between organic and inorganic matter, simple chemical reactions, pH for estheticians, and composition of, as well as indications for, commonly used products for esthetic salon services. Additional Fee: $50.00

CHARTING AND MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIAN

ES 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6232 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10:30 a.m. 11:30 a.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 4

Survey of common medical charting notations and terminology employed in medical practice, particularly as it relates to spa, salon, and medical office environments. Additional Fee: $64.00

SKIN DISEASES & Disorder

ES 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6242 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 11:30 a.m. 12:30 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 5

Identify normal skin and anomalies of skin, including primary, secondary, and vascular lesions, as well as irregularities of skin pigmentation. Identification of skin diseases and differentiating from common noncontagious lesions is included. Additional Fee: $50.00

BACTERIOLOGY, SAFETY AND SANITATION

ES 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6252 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 2 p.m. Daily Shields, M. Bldg. 02, Rm. 123

Credits: 4

Overview of pathological and non-pathological microorganisms including bacteria, viruses, endo and ecto parasites, disease vectors and transmission. Levels of decontaminations pertaining to salon, spa and medical office venues. Additional Fee: $50.00

FACIAL PROCEDURES I

ES 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6262 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Introduction to facial procedures, including client intake and assessment, skin analysis, clinical indications and contraindications, European facial instruction, product selections and recommendations. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES128, ES130, ES132, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $50.00

Temporary Hair Removal

ES 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6272 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 5

No description available.

MAKEUP APPLICATION

ES 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6282 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 2

History of makeup application. Course includes color theory and basic makeup application techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES132, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $50.00

SKIN CARE AND BODY TREATMENTS

ES 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
6292 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Body treatments to include mud wraps, body scrubs, wet and dry room techniques, back treatments, and cellulite body treatments. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES130, ES134, ES136. Additional Fee: $64.00

MACHINE FACIALS

ES 134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62A2 17/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Includes indications, contraindications and safety for electrical modalities including galvanic, high frequency, and microcurrent. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES130, ES132, ES136. Additional Fee: $64.00

MICRODERMABRASION AND SUPERFICIAL PEELS

ES 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62B2 16/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Errigo, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 319

Credits: 4

Clinical exfoliation and desquamation techniques employing chemical and mechanical methods. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first-quarter Esthetic courses. Co-requisite: ES125, ES128, ES130, ES132, ES134. Additional Fee: $64.00

Spa/Clinic Operations

ES 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62C2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 1

No description available.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS I

ES 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62D2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 7

Realistic training in our student-run clinic incorporating every aspect of an exemplar esthetics practice. Additional Fee: $64.00

Clinical Applications II

ES 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62F2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 7

No description available.

CORRECTIVE CONCEALING MAKEUP

ES 146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62H2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 1

Theory and application of corrective and concealing techniques for makeup applications. Additional Fee: $64.00

LASER THEORY AND APPLICATIONS

ES 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62J2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 7

Didactic and hands on applications of multiple laser modalities. Course will include all related safety and first aid components. Additional Fee: $50.00

MEDIUM DEPTH PEELS

ES 150

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62K2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 2

Didactic and hands on applications of clinical-based medium depth peels. Course includes all related safety and first aid measures. Additional Fee: $50.00

PHARMACOLOGY FOR ESTHETICIANS

ES 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62L2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 1

This course includes common medications and drug interactions as they pertain to esthetic skin-care services. Additional Fee: $50.00

ADVANCED SKIN CARE AND MASSAGE TECHNIQUES

ES 154

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62M2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 6

This course includes advanced modalities of skin care including MLD and other industry-related techniques. Additional Fee: $50.00

ADVANCED COSMETIC CHEMISTRY

ES 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62N2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 3

In-depth study of cosmetic chemicals, product knowledge and how to review a medical study. Research papers produced consisting of chemical products, ingredients and contraindications that may occur during an esthetic treatment. Additional Fee: $50.00

Intro To Bus Plan & Prof

ES 157

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62G2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8:30 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Sorensen, K. Bldg. 08, Rm. 325

Credits: 2

No description available.

STATE BOARD PREPARATION

ES 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
62P2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Siedlicki, M. Bldg. 08, Rm. 327

Credits: 2

This course includes kit preparation and simulation of state board examinations. Additional Fee: $50.00

WORKSHOP SAFETY

FSME 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
MQ02 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Rose, S. TBD

Credits: 3

Covers occupational safety and health for workers in manufacturing and engineering workshop environments. Prerequisites: Instructor permission.

QUALITY PRINCIPLES, INSPECTION AND TEST

FSME 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
MQ12 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Rose, S. TBD

Credits: 5

Provides students with a foundational set of measurement, data analysis, and documentation skills. Teaches students how to interpret manufacturing drawings and schematics, how to take measurements and analyze data, and introduces quality principles and terminology used in industry. Prerequisites: Instructor Permission

FABRICATION FUNDAMENTALS 1

FSME 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
MQ22 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Rose, S. TBD

Credits: 5

Teaches students the basic workshop skills needed to fabricate parts and structures. Also introduces students to the properties of common materials used in manufacturing and engineering. Prerequisites: Instructor Permission.

FABRICATION FUNDAMENTALS 2

FSME 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
MQ32 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Rose, S. TBD

Credits: 5

Introduces students to more advanced manufacturing and engineering fabrication techniques including welding, the use of machine tools, composites, and electrical wiring. Prerequisites: Instructor Permission.

ART, DESIGN, AND VISUAL THINKING

GTC 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8502 20/20 Sept. 25, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Introduction to visual arts and design principles. Stresses the components of visual thinking and visual language underlying design for digital media. A series of real-life case studies and exercises applies the design process and use of basic elements of design, typography, images, color and layout. Additional Fee: $73.75

MACINTOSH OPERATION AND IMAGE ACQUISTION

GTC 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8512 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Introduction to Macintosh computer operations and file management. Covers image acquisition and archiving from Internet and analog sources. Additional Fee: $73.75

DIGITAL IMAGING I

GTC 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8522 21/21 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of Photoshop to include basic tools, image editing, painting, and the creation, use, and management of layers and channels. Additional Fee: $73.75

ELECTRONIC PUBLISHING AND LAYOUT

GTC 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8532 21/21 Sept. 24, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Apply typographic terms, vocabulary, and concepts; examine type identification and explore the relationships or essence of typographic design. Apply and solve mathematical problems common to typography. Apply basic page layout and create files. Explore proofreading and correcting copy changes. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADVANCED VECTOR DIGITAL ILLUSTRATION

GTC 209

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8542 12/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. M Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Perform advanced techniques using Adobe Illustrator; create documents using color swatches and color separations for a variety of projects. Explore the abilities of different tools/panels, effects and filters, integrate Adobe Acrobat Pro as soft proofing software from within Illustrator and prepare files for electronic output ready for a service provider. Prerequisite: GTC 169, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

DIGITAL IMAGING III

GTC 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8552 11/20 Sept. 24, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. W Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Building on a solid knowledge of Photoshop’s basic functions, this course explores advanced color theory and use of Photoshop for color correction. Efficient use of layers, masks, and channels for photo retouching and special effects. Optimization for production, importing and exporting of images is also included. Prerequisite: GTC 154, or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

PREPRESS II

GTC 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8562 12/20 Sept. 25, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 5

Covers the digital production of printing jobs through the use of Adobe PDF and raster image processing. Prerequisite: GTC 164 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

WEB ANIMATION DESIGN

GTC 260

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
85A2 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. F Condon, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Offers experience using industry-standard tools for basic web animation. Students will develop familiarity with a timeline, layers, symbols, vector tools and introductory animation techniques. Prerequisite: GTC 276 or instructor approval.

WEB PROGRAMMING BASICS

GTC 265

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
85B2 13/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Condon, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Apply basic programming and graphical user interface techniques for developing effective and useful websites. Become familiar with current HTML code syntax and CSS code for styling. Through progressive enhancement of skills, build multipage websites, culminating in a personal portfolio website. Prerequisite: GTC 276 or instructor approval.

WEB GRAPHIC DESIGN AND USER EXPERIENCE

GTC 273

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
85C2 11/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. Th Condon, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 106

Credits: 5

Learn techniques and best practices for designing graphics to be used on the web. Build website layout mockups, style guides, and user interface elements using Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. Using modern design principles, create layouts that are both appealing and easy to use. Prerequisite: GTC 276 or instructor approval.

INDESIGN II

GTC 276

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8572 12/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 5 p.m. T Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 5

Perform advanced techniques with InDesign, create documents, and use color and color separations for a variety of projects, and prepare files for electronic output. Prerequisite: GTC 174 or instructor approval. Additional Fee: $73.75

INDEPENDENT STUDY

GTC 278

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8582 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Moyer, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 154

Credits: 4

This course explores student competency in the student’s specialty skills area of the Graphic Technologies program. Students will produce a capstone project showing work accomplished and skills summarized. Additional Fee: $19.00

INTERNSHIP

GTC 280

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8592 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Owens, D. Bldg. 11, Rm. 158

Credits: 4

Provides on-the-job field experience pertinent to visual communications. Apply classroom skills to work-related supervised learning experience. Internships may be paid or non-paid assignments and occur at on- or off-campus locations. Prerequisite: GTC 254 Capstone class or instructor approval.

BASIC ELECTRICITY

HAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1802 28/25 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 5

Discusses the structure of matter, movement, electrons, conductors, insulators, direct and alternating current, and electrical units of measurement. The electrical circuit will also be studied along with electrical measurements, Ohm’s law, series and parallel circuits, and electrical power. Magnetic fields, inductance, transformers, capacitance, impedance, sine waves, and using electrical measuring instruments are also included. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Explain and define the basic concepts of current, voltage, resistance and power as applied to direct and alternating current and be able to take electrical measurements using meters and apply Ohm’s law and the power formula
  • Recognize AC and DC series, parallel and combination circuits and understand their implications on voltage, amperage, resistance and wattage
  • Recognize basic AC and DC circuit components, their symbols as used in electrical diagrams/schematics and describe their functions
  • Explain the basic concepts of magnetism and electromagnetism to include their effects in electrical circuits, generators, power supplies and basic motors
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab using personal protective equipment and appropriate safety procedures
  • Identify electrical conductors and their proper applications to include the proper methods and materials to make wire connections and terminations
  • Build simple electrical circuits using an electrical diagram and be able to identify electrical short circuits and open circuits
  • Document newly learned skills

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS

HAC 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1812 21/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Discusses types of automatic control devices that respond to thermal change, the bimetal device, control by fluid expansion, the thermocouple, and electronic sensing devices. Covers space temperature controls (both high and low voltage), sensing temperatures of solids, pressure-sensing devices, oil-pressure safety controls, air-pressure controls, devices that control fluid flow, and maintenance of mechanical and electromechanical controls. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of basic automatic controls and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of devices responding to thermal changes and fluid expansion to include bimetal devices, mercury switches, thermocouples and electronic temperature sensing devices
  • Explain the application and maintenance of low voltage and line voltage temperature controls, pressure sensing devices and controls, transducers, gas pressure switches, regulators, mechanical and electromechanical controls
  • Install and demonstrate switches, a light and receptacles including three-way/four-way switches
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include lockout/tagout procedures, recognizing hazardous locations and application of electrical safety requirements
  • Install a two station signaling circuit and do a complete circuit analysis of the installation
  • Use a circuit tracer to locate the Over Current Protective Device for that circuit
  • Correctly identify and install a plug on a cord
  • Complete a solder connection using proper soldering technique
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ADVANCED CONTROLS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1822 21/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Control terminology, applications, and electronic control circuits are covered. Pneumatic controls and direct digital controls are also explored, along with programmable thermostats. Also covers procedures for troubleshooting basic and complex circuits, thermostats, and high-voltage circuits controlled by thermostats. Describes procedures for measuring amperage and voltage in low-voltage circuits and discusses pictorial and line diagrams. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types of advanced automatic controls/control systems and their components
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of advanced automatic controls/control systems to include pneumatic controls, direct digital controls (DDC’s) and program logic controllers (PLC’s)
  • Demonstrate the ability to read and interpret ladder diagrams as related to DDC/PLC control system
  • Write ladder programs to demonstrate common PLC logic functions
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Demonstrate through written examination your ability to successfully troubleshoot PLC systems
  • Explain and be able to successfully troubleshoot simple and complex circuits to include thermostats, various types of switches and loads using electrical meters and pictorial and line diagrams
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

SIEMENS CONTROLS

HAC 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1852 21/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 2

Serves as an introduction to the concepts of direct digital controls (DDC training). The course is a generic approach to understanding DDC terminology, the fundamentals of today’s new building control systems, how they work, features, and troubleshooting. Improve your control of HVAC systems, fire, security, access, control, lighting, and energy management. Additional Fee: $29.50

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize Siemens controls and components and understand their operation
  • Explain the many and varied applications for Siemens controls in the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Explain the unique installation requirements for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Define typical troubleshooting logic and techniques for Siemens controls as they apply to the HVAC/R and building systems environment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS

HAC 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1832 21/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 4

Types of electric motors are discussed, along with starting and running components and characteristics, motor speeds, and power supplies. Specific topics also included are single and split phase motors, the centrifugal switch, electronic replay, capacitor start motors, capacitor run motors, permanent split capacitor motors, shaded pole motors, single phase hermetic motors, positive temperature coefficient motors, and variable speed motors. Discussions will take place pertaining to various characteristics and insulations, bearings, mountings, and motor drives. Additional Fee: $39.00

Course Outcomes

  • Recognize the types and characteristics of single and three phase motors and as well as their components, component functions and their proper electrical connection
  • Recognize and understand the functions and operation of various motor starting devices to include start windings, centrifugal switches, current relays, potential relays, PTC’s, shaded poles, and start & run capacitors
  • Explain the application and cooling of motors in the HVAC/R trade, especially special motors such as hermetic motors, two-speed and variable speed motors, converters, invertors, electronically commutated motors (ECM’s), power supplies
  • Demonstrate safe work practices in the classroom and lab to include recognizing potentially hazardous situations and applying appropriate electrical safety procedures/practices
  • Inspect and install A/C and D/C rotating equipment
  • Demonstrate professionalism with good work habits, good attendance and good communication

ELECTRIC MOTORS & TROUBLESHOOTING

HAC 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1842 21/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 3

Discusses mechanical and electrical motor troubleshooting. This includes drive assemblies, belt tension, pulley alignment, open and shorted windings, shorts to ground, capacitor problems, wiring and connectors, and troubleshooting hermetic motors. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Create an electrical ladder diagram and wiring diagram for each motor control circuit that is constructed
  • Build a two-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Build a three-wire control circuit for a single-phase motor
  • Demonstrate safe work practices needed for installation and troubleshooting of motor controls and control circuits
  • Build an on-delay motor control circuit
  • Build an on-delay/off-delay motor control circuit for two single-phase motors
  • Troubleshoot four basic motor control circuits

GREEN AWARENESS

HAC 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1862 21/21 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Johnson, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 200

Credits: 3

When it comes to HVAC/R electrical, “green” means maximizing the energy efficiency of existing equipment, specifying the most efficient systems available for the application and the available budget using renewable and sustainable fuel sources, and conserving water. Those items will be discussed along with the core knowledge of energy management and analysis, green heating, ventilation, air conditioning, refrigeration, electrical generation and consumption, and “green” plumbing. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Understand Energy Management and Audits
  • Understand Renewable and Sustainable Energy
  • Discuss Solar and Wind Energy
  • Discuss "Green" Plumbing
  • Discuss our Carbon Footprint
  • Learn Heat Load Calculations
  • Discuss the various agencies involved with "Green Awareness"

ADVANCED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM

HAC 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1872 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 10

Troubleshooting and repair of refrigeration equipment, thermal physics, equipment for refrigeration systems analysis and efficiency. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 249, 256. Additional Fee: $67.50

Course Outcomes

  • Explain how and why we use vacuum and evacuate a refrigeration system
  • Explain how to recover, recycle and reclaim refrigerant
  • Wire a current, potential or solid state relay into a motor circuit.
  • Demonstrate proper flaring, cutting and swaging of copper tubing
  • Demonstrate the proper set up of an oxygen/acetylene torch
  • Evaluate the performance of a system with a capillary tube or TXV metering device
  • Evaluate the performance of a refrigeration system using R134A, R414 B, R22 & R404A
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

EPA REFRIGERANT RECOVERY CERTIFICATION

HAC 230

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1882 24/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 1

Mandatory course designed to provide EPA nationally recognized certification required for purchasing, removing and recycling refrigerants. The class is a 12-hour training session with the certification test upon completion and is taught by a registered proctor. Required to attain degree. Additional Fee: $64.00

Course Outcomes

  • Pass national certification examination with a 70% score

BASIC REFIGERATION I

HAC 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1892 25/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 7

Introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: HAC 101 through 167 and must be registered in HAC 237, 242, 246, and 255.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of temperature/pressure relationships as well as the mechanical refrigeration cycle. This includes, but is not limited to, the ability to identify the major components of a mechanical refrigeration system, explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of a typical air conditioning/refrigeration system
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for refrigeration, air conditioning and freezer systems
  • Demonstrate team effort and class participation, a basic knowledge and understanding of residential and light commercial air conditioning and refrigeration systems through skills checks associated with technical videos
  • Take personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record and thus understand the importance of this that the industry demands

BASIC REFIGERATION I LAB

HAC 242

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18A2 25/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 5

Hands-on experience with introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration I course. Additional Fee: $ 43.75

Course Outcomes

  • With the use of a pressure temperature chart, the student will be able to determine what type of refrigerant is in refrigerant cylinders
  • Learn the proper procedures for installing refrigeration manifold gauges to a sealed system with service valves or Schrader valves
  • Bench check a hermetic compressor electrically & mechanically
  • Tear down a compressor
  • Check sub cooling on an air cooled condenser or water cooled condenser
  • Check super heat on a system with a TXV

BASIC REFIGERATION II

HAC 246

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18B2 25/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Anderson, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 6

Introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air-conditioning system installation and servicing. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration I course. Additional Fee: $20.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate through class participation and written examinations, a basic knowledge and understanding of the mechanical refrigeration cycle as it applies to domestic refrigerators, domestic freezers, room air conditioners, ice makers and light commercial refrigeration. Includes, but is not limited to, the ability to explain how they function as well as define in detail the electrical systems and operation of mechanical refrigeration appliances
  • Demonstrate through use of computer simulators, the ability to troubleshoot and “repair” faults for a commercial refrigeration system
  • Through Skills Checks associated with technical videos, demonstrate the ability to work as a team member to develop team answers to questions regarding light commercial refrigeration. Through class participation, state and explain such answers
  • Realize the importance demanded in the industry of taking personal responsibility for an appropriate attendance/tardy record

JOB READINESS

HAC 249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18C2 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 5

Covers resume writing, cover letter preparation, Internet job search, Work Source job readiness workshop, and tips on filling out job applications. Prerequisites: Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 256. Additional Fee: $43.75

Course Outcomes

  • Check heating element and fan motor for voltage and operation
  • Check packaged, step sequencers for proper timing of heating elements and fan
  • Check a step down transformer for input and output voltage. Install Thermostat adjust for proper operation
  • Check temperature rise across inlet and outlet of furnace
  • Check safety controls on heating equipment
  • Change nozzles in burner assembly
  • Check high voltage transformer and primary controls
  • Check oil pump on oil furnace for proper oil pressure
  • Do an efficiency test on an oil furnace, including CO2, smoke test and temperature rise across heat exchanger
  • Demonstrate safe working habits
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance
  • Prepare a resume & cover letter for a proper job search

BASIC REFIGERATION II LAB

HAC 255

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18D2 25/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 3

Hands-on experience with introduction to controls, thermal physics, and equipment for air-conditioning system installation and servicing. Must have required hand tools of the trade and must be enrolled in the Basic Refrigeration course. Additional Fee: $34.25

Course Outcomes

  • Evaluate working pressures on an air cooled evaporator
  • The learner will learn to hook up vacuum pump to a system
  • Correctly identify the proper sequence for hooking up refrigerant recovery equipment
  • Construct a refrigeration cooler with components
  • Troubleshoot & repair a variety of A/C, & Refrigeration Equipment
  • Recognize sequence of operation of A/C, refrigeration and freezer equipment
  • Understand and be able to troubleshoot & repair ice makers

COMMERCIAL HEAT PUMPS

HAC 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
18F2 5/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 1:45 p.m. Daily Lyon, J. Bldg. 25, Rm. 402

Credits: 7

Troubleshoot and repair residential and commercial heat pumps through study material and DVD format. Heat pump fundamentals, heat pump electrical, and heat pump charging are explored. Prerequisites: Must have required hand tools of the trade. Must be enrolled in HAC 201, 249. Additional Fee: $53.25

Course Outcomes

  • Students will describe a reverse- cycle heat pump
  • Students will explain a change over valve (COV) or reversing valve (RV). Identify what type of metering device is use
  • Students will check the COV for failure, either electrical or mechanical, using meters and a gauge manifold
  • Students will list and identify the components of a heat pump
  • Students will learn sequence of operation of a heat pump
  • Students will identify the various heat sources for heat pumps, and explain auxiliary heat
  • Demonstrate reliability and commitment through consistent attendance and performance

HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

HDT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8872 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. F Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Covers the issues, trends, and impacts of electronic and networked information technology upon the provision of health care services in general and explores specific issues related to the hemodialysis technician profession. Hybrid.

PHLEBOTOMY FUNDAMENTALS

HDT 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8802 17/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 4

Develop the skills necessary to draw blood specimens for analysis in a laboratory. Includes an introduction to the structure and function of a clinical laboratory. Safety procedures and universal precautions are included. Hands-on practice in phlebotomy skills will be provided. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $54.00. Hybrid.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS/KEYBOARDING

HDT 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8882 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MW Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 2

Students will use computers to develop touch control and proper keyboarding and keypad techniques with emphasis on alpha/numeric data entry. Course includes keyboarding alphabetic, figure, symbol keys, and skill building; continued keyboarding drills and practice to develop a minimum speed and accuracy of 35 wpm. Introduction to MS Office Suite for basic business correspondence. Internet navigation will be used for student research projects. Hybrid.

HEMODIALYSIS TERMS ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY

HDT 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8892 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12:30 p.m. 2:50 p.m. MW Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 6

Provides the basic techniques of medical word building to be applied in acquiring an extensive medical vocabulary. Introduces anatomical, physiological, and pathological terms relating to body systems and medical abbreviations. Hybrid.

FIRST AID/CPR/HIV

HDT 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8812 18/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 1

CPR, First Aid and rescue breathing for adult patients. Includes history, causes, virility of blood-borne pathogens, bodily substance isolation, and personal protection devices relating to dealing with HIV/Aids patients. Proper lifting techniques and body mechanics will be covered. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $54.00. Section 8811 is hybrid.

HEMODIALYSIS PRINCIPLES & PROCEDURES

HDT 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88A2 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 2:50 p.m. TTh Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Defines the basic principles of diffusion, filtration, fluid dynamics and osmosis relating to the dialysis process. Overviews of the dialysis environment and kidney functions. Patient vitals and monitoring the treatment, including normal and abnormal values. Perform laboratory tests and use patient documentation procedures. Identify causes, signs, and symptoms, preventions and interventions for medical and technical complications that may occur during dialysis. Includes patient dietary and nutrition requirements. Additional Fee: $95.00. Hybrid.

MACHINE SETUP/MAINTENANCE

HDT 138

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88B2 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 10 a.m. Daily Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 4

Covers use and setup of hemodialysis machines. Instruction focuses on organizing and setting up the dialysis machine and equipment, priming and dry machine stringing. Various testing equipment commonly used in dialysis units are studied, as well as preparation and mixing of hemodialysis concentrates. Includes standard precautions and aseptic techniques. Prepares student to initiate monitor and terminate a routine hemodialysis treatment. Additional Fee: $29.00. Hybrid.

WATER TREATMENT

HDT 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8832 17/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Basic concepts of water treatment and dialyzer reuse are covered, including instruction on the varied devices used in hemodialysis. Also studied are advantages and disadvantages of filters, carbon tanks, deionizers, ultraviolet light, and reverse osmosis in the treatment of water for dialysis. Students will prepare a typical water treatment monitoring schedule. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

VASCULAR ACCESS

HDT 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8842 16/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

The history and importance of vascular access are reviewed, including the major types of permanent and temporary vascular access. Use of appropriate needle insertion for arteriovenous fistulae and grafts. Instruction in catheter care and connections. Use the four types of anastomosis used for internal arteriovenous fistulae. Management of thrombosis, infection, hematoma, bleeding, steal syndrome, aneurysm, and catheter dislodgement. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

PROFESSIONAL PATIENT INTERACTION

HDT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8852 16/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. TTh Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Explores the relationship and psychological boundaries between the technician, the patient, and the renal facility. Includes concepts of patient education. Basic interpersonal verbal and non-verbal communication is covered, with a focus on adapting to an individual’s special needs or cultural orientation. Students will be given the tools to develop listening skills by practicing assertive communication and developing appropriate interpersonal relationships using the concepts of patient confidentiality. Covers body mechanics and proper lifting techniques. Includes information on sexual harassment. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM

HDT 161

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88F2 18/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. MWF Savona, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 227

Credits: 6

During the clinical experience, the student will participate in a dialysis facility as a member of the health care team in applying principles of hemodialysis, standard precautions, fluid management, initiating and concluding a dialysis treatment, patient and equipment monitoring, and treatment of routine hemodialysis problems in accordance with the standard dialysis procedures and policies of the facilities. Student will need to complete a total of 300 hours in the clinic. Prerequisites: Successful completion of first-quarter hemodialysis classes. Additional Fee: $39.00. Section 8851 is hybrid.

FIELD STUDY

HDT 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88C2 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 3 p.m. F Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 1

Familiarizes the student with various dialysis companies in the greater Puget Sound area. The students will be partnered in small groups and will be required to contact four different dialysis companies in the area in order to conduct an interview with a staff member. The information gathered will be collected into a notebook to be submitted at the end of the class. Information to be included: interview notes, locations of individual dialysis units, maps to each unit, contact person for each of the units, size of the company, etc. The notebook will be a reference for the student when seeking a dialysis technician position at the end of the course. Hybrid.

ORIENTATION TO HISTOLOGY LAB

HISTO105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5602 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 2

Introduces laboratory and chemical safety as well as universal precautions. Covers basic overview of standard histology instrumentation, quality-control procedures, specimen accessioning, record keeping, and documentation. Explores laboratory and personnel certification requirements. Prerequisites: Successful completion of BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CHEM& 110, and ENGL& 101. Additional Fee: $55.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • State in his/her own words, the college and program policies regarding absences, dress code, grooming, parking, smoking and grading
  • Define and explain the following terms: Universal precautions, Right to Know, HIPAA and laboratory standards
  • Define and explain the use of MSDS sheets
  • Define and explain what safety precautions should be taken with all histology laboratory instruments
  • Define and explain NFPA labeling system, and standard laboratory safety practices
  • Define and explain the storage requirements for chemicals
  • Be familiar with functions and maintenance of laboratory equipment and maintenance procedure writing
  • Define and explain the certification requirements for HT (ASCP)

HISTO TECHNOLOGY I

HISTO110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5612 21/20 Sept. 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 10

Explores the theory and principles of fixation, processing, embedding, sectioning, and cover slipping of tissue sections. Prerequisites: Successful completion of BIOL& 175 (BIOL 118 will be accepted through 2015), CHEM& 110, and ENGL& 101. Additional Fee: $55.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define and explain all chemical terms related to fixation, tissue processing, embedding and cutting of routine histology specimens
  • Identify the primary fixatives used in the histology laboratory, their uses, benefits, drawbacks and chemical composition
  • Identify the factors influencing fixation
  • Describe the proper gross description of specific tissue types
  • Describe the process of decalicification of bone, reagents used, advantages and disadvantages of the various techniques
  • Describe the process and theory of tissue processing
  • The student will present lectures on tissue identification
  • The student will practice professionalism
  • The student will participate with the Osaka Japan students
  • The student will identify factors that influence proper microtomy
  • The student will identify factors that influence proper embedding

HISTO TECHNOLOGY LAB I

HISTO115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5622 21/20 Sept. 30, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Haggerty, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 232

Credits: 5

Explores work in a simulated histology laboratory located on the campus. During this course, students will have hands-on training in basic grossing techniques, as well as in-depth training in processing, embedding, and cutting of tissue sections. Students will also learn to identify basic tissue structures using a light microscope. Prerequisites: To be taken concurrently with HISTO 110. Additional Fee: $55.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Hands on experience with chemicals related to fixation, tissue processing, embedding and cutting of routine histology specimens
  • Hands on experience related to primary fixatives used in the histology laboratory, their uses, benefits, drawbacks and chemical composition
  • Hands on experience related to the factors influencing fixation
  • Hands on experience related to the proper gross description of specific tissue types
  • Hands on experience related to the process of decalicification of bone, reagents used, advantages and disadvantages of the various techniques
  • Hands on experience related to the process and theory of tissue processing
  • Hands on experience in proper coverslipping techniques
  • Hands on experience in tissue identification
  • The student will think individually while communicating effectively within a team
  • The student will participate in a volunteer project
  • The student will participate with the Osaka Japan students

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

HS 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2402 21/20 Sept. 23, 2014 1 p.m. 2:30 p.m. TTh Mandley, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 106

Credits: 3

Introduce students to the uses of Microsoft Windows and related programs. Students will become familiar with community resources for career and educational opportunities and will develop proficiency in the use of technology. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or successful completion of ENG 094. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate keyboarding proficiency at 20 WPM
  • Effectively utilize Microsoft Windows programs and apply knowledge through a variety of human services related activities
  • Develop and manage human services related projects
  • Produce a resume, cover letter, resource binder and demonstrate knowledge of
  • scholarships and higher education opportunities in their chosen human services field of study

THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS

HS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2412 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Acquaints students with the basic methods of therapeutic communication. Emphasis is placed upon building basic active listening skills. Students will demonstrate mastery of theory through classroom activities, including mock interviews and videotaping. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading or 77 for writing, or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed of MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Through mock interviews, demonstrate therapeutic communication skills when engaging in professional interaction with clients
  • Effectively describe and demonstrate active listening skills and multicultural communication styles
  • Accurately identify and demonstrate stages of interview structure
  • Accurately describe ethical standards, boundaries and responsibilities of the helping profession

HIV/AIDS & BLOOD-BORNE PATHOGENS

HS 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2422 20/20 Oct. 1, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Staff Online

Credits: 1

Increases students’ knowledge of HIV/AIDS and blood-borne pathogens. Students will gain knowledge of the history of HIV/AIDS and related issues. Provides ten hours of HIV/ AIDS training in the areas of transmission, occupational safety, and standard precautions. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Detail etiology, epidemiology, common symptoms, treatment modalities, and psychosocial/socio-cultural effects associated with Human Immunodeficiency Virus
  • Correctly identify standard precautions and their practical applications in the human services work environment
  • Demonstrate knowledge of Blood Bourne Pathogens

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES

HS 127

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2432 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Introduces students to human services as a profession and will include a historical and philosophical framework of human service delivery. Contemporary roles and the human service worker will be covered, including areas such as typical duties and tasks of human service workers, income, maintenance, children’s services, family services, aging, substance abuse, mental health, services for persons with disabilities, and the sociocultural aspects of providing services in a multiculturally diverse society. Students will also examine the competencies and qualifications required to become an effective human service worker, as well as the occupational and educational alternatives for graduates. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify and describe an historical framework for the present delivery of human services in a multicultural, diverse society
  • Correctly describe the services and service population of a variety of human service agencies
  • Accurately detail the legal and ethical standards for practice as a human services professional
  • Accurately detail the legal and ethical standards for practice as a human services professional
  • Identify a human services area of interest for future internship experiences

INTERNSHIP I

HS 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2442 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 6 p.m. MTTh Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within an agency of their choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following first-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 237, HS 127, HS 123, HS 115, HS 225, HS 110. Additional Fee: $39.00. Section 2401 is web enhanced. Section 2442 is hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

THEORIES OF COUNSELING

HS 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2452 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Increases student knowledge of a variety of counseling theories, theorists, and techniques from both a historical and contemporary viewpoint. Students will explore the practical application and appropriate uses of these theories in the human services system. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately identify and describe the major theories of personality
  • Identify and apply practical applications of theory, ethical use and ethical dilemmas of specific techniques within social service populations
  • Accurately identify the stages of the counseling process and counseling methods and modalities
  • Define multi-cultural and demonstrate an understanding of applying counseling techniques amongst diverse populations
  • Participate in mock counseling sessions and apply skill set/knowledge from lectures

FAMILY SYSTEMS

HS 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2462 13/20 Sept. 23, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Explores the dynamics of healthy and unhealthy family systems in both traditional and alternative families. Students will study a variety of approaches to assist families in managing and coping with the stressors of family life in contemporary society. Introduces family intervention strategies and the development of human service skills to service families. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Analyze the cultural, social and economic variables, which impact the family
  • Differentiate between “healthy” and “problematic” family patterns and behaviors
  • Summarize various methods of family intervention strategies
  • Define and explain developmental stages of the Family

SURVEY OF COMMUNITY RESOURCES

HS 225

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2472 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 1 p.m. 3 p.m. WF Staff Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Introduces students to a variety of community-based human service agencies through examination of their services, functions, and service populations. The class will participate in field visits, guest lectures, and exercises designed to assist them in understanding the relevance of each service component to the whole community, regional, and state system. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $95.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Examine the services, functions, and service populations of local community human services agencies
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the relevance for each service component to the whole community, regional and state system
  • Identify a human services agency as a potential internship placement

BEHAVIORAL HEALTH & WELLNESS

HS 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2482 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. MWF Staff Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the dimensions of wellness, including physical, emotional, social, and spiritual components. Students explore strategies for personal behavioral health and wellness, including coping strategies, personal boundaries, self-awareness and how to avoid burnout on the job. Prerequisites: Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Instructor permission required. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Examine the physical, emotional, social and spiritual components of wellness
  • Demonstrate knowledge of healthy coping strategies to avoid professional burnout and the steps to recovery following burnout
  • Produce behavioral plans to correct unhealthy client’s behaviors
  • Correctly identify personal boundaries necessary for successful human service workers

LAW & ETHICS FOR HUMAN SERVICES

HS 237

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2492 21/20 Sept. 23, 2014 10 a.m. 11:50 a.m. TTh Staff Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 3

Presents an overview of the ethical and professional issues that human services workers will face in the field. Included are such topics as ethical decision making, professional responsibilities, liability, confidentiality, records and rights of clients, professional codes of ethics, core values and personal issues, supervision, leadership, and the legal system. Prerequisites: Students must be a high school graduate or have passed a high-school equivalency test and have COMPASS scores of 86 for reading and 77 for writing or have successfully completed ENG 94. Students must have a COMPASS pre-algebra score of 37 or higher or have successfully completed MAT 60 prior to starting the course. Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons from the Washington State Patrol. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify personal core values & leadership style
  • Effectively demonstrate knowledge of ethical decision making and professional responsibilities
  • Write effective progress notes in the SOAP and DAP styles and learn how to apply those skills by documenting case notes & participating in mock case staffings
  • Demonstrate an understanding of the Juvenile, Superior and Civil court systems, court testimony and legal issues for human services workers
  • Correctly identify legal and ethical issues associated with human services & documentation in human services

INTERNSHIP II

HS 244

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24B2 10/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 6 p.m. MTTh Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship I is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following second-quarter Human Services Program courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 226, HS 234, HS 228, HS 151. Additional Fee: $39.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HS 256

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24A2 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Students will be responsible for formulating and implementing ideas to complete a special project related to the human services field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $25.00

INTERNSHIP III

HS 258

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24C2 3/20 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 6 p.m. MTTh Callahan-McCain, T. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Students will participate in on-the-job training in the human services field of their choice. Duties and tasks are supervised. Students perform relevant job duties and tasks within their agency of choice, attend supervision meetings, identify applicable community resources, and perform other job duties as assigned. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Successful completion of Internship II is required. Prerequisites: Students must consent to and receive a “No Record on File” report related to Crimes Against Persons. Students must complete the following third-quarter Human Services courses with a C grade or above to be eligible to take this course: HS 220, HS 227, HS 221, HS 244. Additional Fee: $39.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Under agency supervision, correctly identify the duties associated with the position selected
  • Under agency supervision correctly identify the target client base, available services, and eligibility criteria for services related to the specific position
  • Under agency supervision demonstrate expected workplace behavior appropriate for the specific position
  • Complete self-evaluations and professional portfolio of internship work product and experiences

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & THE LAW

HSCD 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
242L 11/20 Sept. 25, 2014 3 p.m. 5 p.m. Th Anderson, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120
24D2 21/22 Sept. 24, 2014 7:45 p.m. 10 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 2

Examines the federal and state laws that pertain to chemical dependency for individuals and facilities. Students also become familiar with the criminal, civil, and juvenile court systems. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of the law as it applies to the Chemical Dependency profession and practice of addiction treatment
  • Demonstrate knowledge of discipline specific ethics codes
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the benefits of clinical supervision and professional growth

SPECIAL PROJECTS

HSCD 238

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
24H2 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Callahan-McCain, T. Online

Credits: 5

Increases the student’s knowledge and skill by formulating and implementing a special project related to the human services chemical dependency field. Students must obtain authorization from the instructor for the project prior to enrolling in the course. Instructor permission required.

CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY & COUNSELING II: ADULT/FAMILY

HSCD 249

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
242C 11/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6 p.m. MW Anderson, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120
24F2 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged French, S. Online

Credits: 5

Become familiar with culturally competent models of diagnosis and intervention for families and adolescents, and build an understanding for the dynamics among family members. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the characteristics & dynamics of families & adolescents affected by substance abuse
  • Become familiar with the appropriate models of intervention and the use of those interventions
  • Demonstrate knowledge of the interaction that occurs between the family system and substance abuse
  • Learn adolescent developmental issues and their impact on the treatment process

RELAPSE PREVENTION

HSCD 251

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
242R 11/20 Sept. 23, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. T Anderson, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120
24G2 21/22 Sept. 24, 2014 5 p.m. 7:30 p.m. W Fitzgerald, C. Bldg. 02, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Become familiar with the basic philosophy and techniques of relapse prevention for substance abuse and the ongoing process that involves all aspects of the person’s wellness and culture. Learn to recognize the warnings signs for relapse, the 12-step approach to recovery, and general wellness concepts. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the basic philosophy of relapse prevention
  • Become familiar with relapse prevention strategies and techniques
  • Understand warning signs, symptoms, and causes of substance abuse relapse
  • Learn how to teach basic skills to clients that will reduce relapse

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8102 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. TWTh Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

This course will focus on orientation and introduction to campus policies and rules of conduct. This course will also introduce the student to program policies, dress code, attendance, classroom, and workplace rules of conduct, program goals, and grading system. The focus also in this unit will be instruction and demonstrations on the use of various communication devices and introduction to the EMR/HER and related Windows programs used in the hospital. Additional Fee: $33.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit
  • Accurately discuss stages of how health unit coordinating evolved
  • Accurately discuss the overall functions of the health unit coordinator
  • Accurately discuss the name of nursing units and describe the services provided by each unit
  • Accurately identify the title of physicians serving in a medical specialty field
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate rules of telephone etiquette as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate the use of the telephone hold button as presented in class
  • Accurately discuss computer components that are usually located at the nurse’s station
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate items to be recorded when taking a telephone message as presented in class

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR HEALTH UNIT COORDINATOR

HUC 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8112 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Introduces basic word elements used in building medical terminology and identifies the different types of word elements present in each medical term by name. Introduces medical terms, body structure, and pathology in relation to each body system: integumentary, musculoskeletal, sensory, circulatory, nervous, endocrine, and digestive systems. Prerequisite: HUC 102. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • In a group discussion, accurately describe:
    • The rules, standards, and policies of Clover Park Technical College
    • The rules, standards and policies of the Health Unit Coordinator program
  • Accurately state college policies concerning attendance, holidays, student services, campus speed limits, smoking areas, and fire drills
  • Accurately state the program policies concerning attendance, dress code, grading system, grade average, and student evaluation process
  • Correctly describe the leadership duties of the student health unit coordinator
  • Accurately operate the nursing unit communication systems: computer terminal, telephone, imprinter device, and embosser
  • Correctly prepare patient consent forms
  • Effectively manage the patient’s charts
  • Effectively recognize and maintain the nursing unit supplies
  • Consistently and correctly practice within the professional ethical framework of health unit coordinating
  • Communicate effectively with the instructor, classmates, and members of the health care team

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES I

HUC 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8122 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. Daily Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Enables identification of the forms commonly used in the patient’s chart and enables students to explain the purpose of a patient’s chart and recognize the charting responsibilities for each health care team member. Presents instruction and procedures for scheduling appointments by telephone, computer and writing. Also focuses on students’ performance in the computer skill laboratory, demonstrating their cognitive knowledge for maintaining medical records; ordering laboratory and diagnostic exams; accurately transcribing physicians’ orders; recognizing treatment orders; ordering nursing supplies; identifying abbreviations, symbols, and terms used in a medication order; and charting information accurately to the appropriate forms and the Kardex for their pseudo patients. Prerequisites: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106. Additional Fee: $111.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define terms and abbreviations related to each body system
  • Accurately distinguish between anatomy and physiology
  • Accurately list the main functions of each body system
  • Correctly complete statements concerning the characteristics of each body system
  • Accurately state the meaning of basic combining forms, prefixes, and suffixes of medical terms related to each body system
  • Accurately complete statements concerning pathology of each body system
  • Given the meaning of medical conditions relating to each body system, build the word elements and identify the corresponding medical terms
  • Accurately name the organs and describe the functions of each body system
  • Accurately identify medical terms, which are surgical procedures, as well as those, which are diagnostic studies in relation to each body system

UNIT COORDINATOR TASKS & PROCEDURES II

HUC 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8132 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MThF Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Focuses on cognitive knowledge and performance skills in the computer laboratory. The student will demonstrate performance skills for maintaining medical records, accurately transcribing physicians’ orders to the appropriate chart forms and Kardex, as well as completion of pseudo patient charts. Prerequisite: HUC 109: completion of 104, 106, 113, and 120. Additional Fee: $19.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8142 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. Daily Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 1

Enables the student to describe and utilize good listening skills as a means of preventing and/or solving conflicts with a variety of people in different situations. The focus will also include developing skills for the role of the communicator for the nursing unit. The student will also be given the tools for developing and practicing assertive communication, interpersonal relationships, and confidentiality skills. Prerequisite: HUC 102. Additional Fee: $4.75. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for effective communication skills
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities of the Health Unit Coordinator for interpersonal relationships when interacting with physicians, other hospital staff, patients, and visitors

ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS APPLICATIONS IN THE HUC ROLE

HUC 118

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8152 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTTh Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Improve communication among diverse culture and incorporate the relevant needs of culturally diverse groups in the medical field. Provide the student with an overview and understanding of the fundamentals of communication. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations, and symbols related to this course
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate the procedure for preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Correctly maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for admission, transfer, and discharge orders
  • Accurately transcribe, communicate, and demonstrate maintenance of patient charts
  • Accurately transcribe, interpret, and demonstrate procedures for standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Correctly interpret and demonstrate procedures for physician orders to nursing staff and other hospital departments
  • Accurately complete pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT

HUC 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8162 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:45 p.m. W Scotland, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Covers management responsibilities for the nursing unit, including time management and identification of possible fire and safety hazards on the nursing unit. Prerequisite: HUC 102; enrollment in HUC 106, 109, and 113. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms, abbreviations and symbols related to this unit of instruction
  • Accurately discuss hospital departments and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately identify standard chart forms and requisitions, and describe the purpose of each
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and preparation of forms for patient activities
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate methods used to maintain confidentiality of patient information
  • Accurately discuss the purpose of the patient chart and kardex / pathway
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate maintenance procedures of patient’s chart
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating and demonstrate, admission, transfer and discharge procedures
  • Correctly describe the cause, treatment, prevention techniques, and ways of protection for the spread of AIDS
  • Accurately define standing, standing prn, stat, one-time, and short series orders for medication and treatment orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for interpreting and communicating physician’s orders
  • Accurately discuss responsibilities for transcribing, communicating, and demonstrate ordering treatments from other hospital departments
  • Accurately discuss and demonstrate responsibilities for preparation and completion of fourteen pseudo patient charts

UNIT MANAGEMENT II

HUC 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8172 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TW Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Focus is on cognitive knowledge for managing the nursing unit and developing communication skills using verbal and written communication. The student will develop leadership and performance skills by practicing classroom management. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 113 and 120. Additional Fee: $14.25. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Correctly define medical terms and abbreviations related to this course
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate verbal and written communication skills to convey information
  • Accurately discuss areas of management on the nursing unit in a hospital
  • Accurately define the term manage, as it relates to the duties of the Health Unit Coordinator
  • Accurately and effectively demonstrate leadership skills

LEGAL/ETHICAL ASPECTS OF UNIT COORDINATING

HUC 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8182 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. WF Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Enables the student to identify legal elements that are necessary in regard to preparing legal documents, discussing hospital and patient confidentiality, or witnessing signatures on consents for treatment. The ethics of this profession will be explored and how to apply these ethics in professional behaviors. AIDS education, blood-borne pathogens, HIPAA and hepatitis information will also be covered. Prerequisites: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, and 120; enrollment in HUC 112, 118, and 122. Additional Fee: $9.50. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Accurately define medical terms and abbreviations related to this module
  • Accurately discuss professional standards for health unit coordinators
  • Accurately describe and demonstrate ethical behavior

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

HUC 132

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8192 7/20 Oct. 10, 2014 3 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TWThF Briggs, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

Enables the student to use the cognitive and performance objectives from courses HUC 102 through 126 in the clinical setting. The focus is on preparation of a resume, employment application, and an employment interview. In order to participate in the clinical aspect of the program, students must receive a No Record on File report from the Washington State Patrol regarding Crimes Against Persons. Clinical hours vary from six to eight hours per day, four days a week. Students unable to complete course HUC 132 will have the option of completing clinical rotation with the next available program, on approval from the instructors, within six months. Prerequisite: Completion of HUC 102, 106, 109, 113, 120, 112, 122, and 126. Additional Fee: $14.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate basic skills and knowledge in professional behavior expected of a Health Unit Coordinator in the work place
  • Demonstrate responsibility and accountability for performance of non-clinical skills that are necessary in the hospital, clinic, extended care facility, and physician’s office
  • Accurately transcribe physician orders, utilizing knowledge of anatomy and physiology, medical terms and abbreviations
  • Demonstrate proficiency in meeting performance objectives in a clinical setting
  • Demonstrate effective communicate skills with patients, visitors, and members of the health care team
  • Accurately discuss and prepare a resume and employment application.
  • Accurately discuss strategies for planning and preparation for an employment interview

ECG MONITOR TECHNICIAN

HUC 204

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
81A2 21/20 Oct. 7, 2014 12:15 p.m. 3:15 p.m. TWThF Perez, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

This course will examine basic cardiac function, normal and abnormal cardiac rhythms, etiology of arrhythmias and interpretation of EKG tracing. Class time will consist of lectures, identifying rhythms and group challenges. Cardiac rhythms can be relatively straight or amazingly confounding. Not to worry! The purpose of this course is to provide you with an excellent baseline understanding of both the simple and more complex rhythms.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe electrical activation of the normal heart related to EKG tracing
  • Implement a systematic approach to reading rhythm strips
  • Identify equipment required for cardiac monitoring
  • Understand the concept of paper time in order to calculate heart rate
  • Identify the Atrial and Ventricular rhythms
  • Describe or identify Precordial Shock or Cardioversion
  • Describe or identify EKG manifestations associated with Electrolyte changes and Ischemia

LEADERSHIP I

LEADR100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0561 1/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP II

LEADR101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0562 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP III

LEADR102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0563 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

LEADERSHIP IV

LEADR103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0564 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Erwin, C. Online

Credits: 6

Students taking this course will gain a basic understanding of the concept of leadership theory while developing a personal philosophy of leadership, an awareness of the moral and ethical responsibilities of leadership, and developing and improving their own leadership skills. This course integrates leadership studies through study, observation and application. This course will encourage a high level of class discussion and active participation. You will have a chance to work through case studies, participate in simulations, interact with experienced leaders, analyze popular films using leadership themes, and discuss the impact of current events and the realities of leadership. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Develop a fundamental understanding of leadership and the skills necessary for effective leadership and improve leadership abilities
  • Articulate personal leadership values, team building strategies, effective conflict management skills and the concept of servant leadership
  • Demonstrate effective decision making, ethical leadership and techniques to empower others
  • Improve their leadership abilities

INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL ASSISTING

MAP 104

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3842 19/19 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 1:30 p.m. M Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Learn and demonstrate asepsis and infection control. Perform anthropometric measurements, vital signs and physical examination. Instruction and discussion also includes the overall function of the medical assistant within the healthcare team, including legal responsibilities and limitations. College and program policies and procedures are extensively discussed. This course must be successfully completed in order to proceed in the program. Prerequisite: Successful completion of CAH 103, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the four pathways of education for medical assistants and list settings in which medical assistants may be employed
  • List the duties of a medical assistant and describe the desired characteristics of a medical assistant
  • List the benefits of certification and membership in a professional organization
  • Identify members of the health care team
  • Identify the categories of controlled substances. Describe the sources of drugs and explain how drugs are categorized by action and effect. List factors that affect drug action
  • Identify the difference between chemical, trade (brand), and generic drug names
  • Explain pharmacokinesis and describe the steps involved. Describe how drugs may interact for an increased or decreased effect
  • Explain and define terms related to drug effects and list sources for information on pharmacology
  • Define and spell key terms associated with infection control, vital signs, and assisting with the physical exam
  • Describe how microorganisms are transmitted and distinguish between medical and surgical asepsis
  • Apply the concepts of medical asepsis within the healthcare setting
  • Identify the components of Standard/Universal precautions and the purpose of following these precautions with all patients
  • Discuss legal and ethical concerns regarding infection control
  • Accurately measure and record anthropometric measurements and vital signs
  • Work effectively as a team member

BODY SYSTEMS THEORY 101

MAP 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3872 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Caring for patients with disorders associated with hematology, endocrinology, obstetrics and gynecology, urology and male reproduction, and gastroenterology. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CAH 103, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 124.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define and describe the structures and functions of the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Identify the most common pathological conditions affecting the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Specify drug classifications related to the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Build, analyze, define, pronounce and spell words related to the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Cite diagnostic procedures commonly used in the Hematology, Endocrinology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Urology & Male Reproduction and Gastroenterology
  • Detail the essential components of the self breast exam

BODY SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS 101

MAP 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3882 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. WF Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Practice fundamental skills relating to Body Systems Theory 101. Skills includes blood glucose monitoring, care and use of the microscope, blood typing, cell identification and staining along with practicing care and usage of the otoscope, ear/eye exams, audiometry, physical and chemical urinalysis, and UA slide preparation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CAH 103, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 121. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform self blood glucose monitoring, observing medical asepsis and aseptic technique, safety and CDC guidelines
  • Demonstrate the care and use of the microscope, the preparation and staining of push slides, blood typing, and hematocrit determination
  • Demonstrate the care and use of the ophthalmoscope and the otoscope
  • Perform audiometry testing and perform vision testing and record results
  • Instruct patients in the collection of mid-steam urine specimen
  • Determine urine color and clarity by visual inspection. Determine specific gravity by refractometer. Assess the chemical properties of urine using reagent strips
  • List the normal values for urine
  • Prepare a slide for a microscopic urine exam
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level

MEDICAL ASSISTANT THEORY & APPLICATIONS I

MAP 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3802 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 4 p.m. 6 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 7

Caring for patients with disorders of the blood and of the reproductive, endocrine, sensory, and immune systems. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Instruction and practical includes self-breast exam, blood glucose monitoring, care and use of the microscope, blood typing, cell identification and staining along with practicing care and usage of the otoscope, ear/eye exams, and audiometry. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses. Additional Fee: $58.25. Hybrid.

MEDICAL ASSISTANT THEORY & APPLICATION II

MAP 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
38B2 8/25 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. Arranged Keith, L. Bldg. 21

Credits: 7

Caring for patients with disorders of the integumentary, musculoskeletal, and respiratory systems. Instruction will include anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology, and terminology. Learn wound and burn care, assisting with sutures, and suture removal. The course also includes hands-on experience with fiberglass cast application and cast removal. Students will learn to use peak flow meters and small volume nebulizers. Learn and demonstrate asepsis and infection control, assist with minor office surgery, and assessment of pediatric patients. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all quarter 1 courses.

MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES

MAP 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
38C2 8/25 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. Arranged Keith, L. Bldg. 21

Credits: 6

Emphasis on customer service, within the health care field, while projecting and promoting a positive image of the profession and the office. This course also includes telephone techniques, chart management, business correspondence for the medical office, including preparation of cover letter and resume. Define law and ethics relating to the healthcare field focusing on components specific to medical assistants. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Quarter 1 courses.

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNSHIP

MAP 167

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3812 19/25 Oct. 3, 2014 9 a.m. 3 p.m. F Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 2

Demonstrate competencies of entry-level skills acquired throughout the Medical Assistant Program. Each student will perform and must pass the following skills: urinalysis, hematocrit, blood pressure, workups, blood glucose check, audio and visual exam, electrocardiogram, telephone techniques within the medical office, and electronic record and chart management. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses through MAP 168, excluding MAP 221, 222, and 232. This course must be taken the quarter immediately prior to taking MAP 221. If more than one quarter passes before beginning the fifth quarter of the program, students will have to repeat this course. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $120.00. Hybrid.

BASIC COLLECTING AND FINANCIAL PRACTICES

MAP 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3822 17/25 Sept. 23, 2014 6:30 p.m. 8:30 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 6

Covers basics of accounting, bookkeeping, and banking procedures. Provides the foundation for the management of accounts payable, financial records, and methods of preparation for employee payroll and business taxes. Includes expanded discussion on manual procedures for accounts receivable management for both private patients and insurance companies. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first quarter courses. Recommend students meet prerequisites for college-level math. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $53.50. Hybrid.

PATIENT RECEPTION AND LEGAL COMPONENTS

MAP 182

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3852 20/20 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TWThF Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Emphasis on customer service within the health care field, focusing on effective communication with the patient while projecting and promoting a positive image of the profession and the office. This course also includes telephone techniques, patient scheduling, introduction to chart management, and business correspondence for the medical office, including cover letter and resume preparation. Defines law and ethics relating to the health care field, focusing on components specific to medical assistants. Prerequisite: Successful completion of CAH 103, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 184. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the principles of interpersonal relationships and enhance communications with all patients
  • List two major forms of communication and define active listening
  • Cite examples of how cultural differences may affect communication and explain how stereotyping and biased opinions can affect patient care
  • Outline the basic guidelines for telephone use and the function of other basic office equipment
  • Distinguish the fundamental rules of English usage and process of written communications including cover letter & resume writing
  • Detail preparation of correspondence; identify the various mailing options and the procedures for sorting and prioritizing incoming mail
  • Identify and describe the process of making travel and meeting arrangements
  • Manage appointment schedule, patient’s admissions and/or procedures using established priorities
  • Implement time management principles to maintain effective office function

MEDICAL RECORDS MANAGEMENT

MAP 184

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3862 20/20 Oct. 29, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TWThF Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 3

Instruct and apply knowledge relating to medical records including the creation, management and legality of both the paper and electronic record as well as filing systems utilized within the healthcare office. Focus will also include assisting patients in obtaining health and community services, as well as supplies and inventory control. Prerequisite: Successful completion of CAH 103, CAH 105CL and COLL 101. Co-requisite: MAP 182. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Stipulate legal and ethical principles concerning the healthcare practice, including healthcare personnel and the establishment of a filing system
  • Identify components of creating, purging and retaining medical records
  • Organize and file the medical record
  • Execute data management using electronic healthcare records
  • Use the internet to access information related to the medical office
  • Use office hardware and software to maintain office systems
  • Detail community, state, and national resources available to patient and physicians
  • Detail inventory control

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNSHIP

MAP 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
38D2 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Arranged Staff Bldg. 21

Credits: 4

Demonstrate competencies of entry-level skills acquired throughout the Medical Assistant Program. Instruction will include introduction to dosage calculations, caring for pediatric patients, geriatric patients, and phlebotomy skills. Each student will perform and must pass the following skills: blood pressures, patient workups, growth charting, phlebotomy skills, urinalysis, hematocrit, blood glucose check, audio and visual exam, electrocardiogram, telephone techniques, computerized accounts payable/receivable, and electronic record and chart management. Prerequisites: Successful completion of MAP 147, 163, 171 and 179. This course must be taken the quarter immediately prior to fifth quarter courses. If more than one quarter passes before beginning fifth quarter, students will have to repeat this course. Co-requisites: MAP 173, 177, 166 & 169.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Perform self blood glucose monitoring and hematocrit determination, observing medical asepsis and aseptic technique, safety and CDC guidelines
  • Perform audiometry testing and perform vision testing and record results
  • Obtain throat specimen for culturing, perform rapid strep A test
  • Apply basic 4-layer dressing
  • Perform a basic 12-lead electrocardiogram and mount an electrocardiogram strip for reading
  • Assess the chemical properties of urine using reagent strips
  • Accurately measure and record anthropometric measurements and vital signs
  • Demonstrate knowledge of creating and managing a patient medical record
  • Demonstrate competency of telephone techniques within the medical office
  • Define and describe the structures and functions of Pediatrics and Geriatrics
  • Identify the most common pathological conditions affecting Pediatrics and Geriatrics as well as perform growth charting
  • Obtain a blood specimen from a patient by venipuncture, selecting the correct tube according to the order, identifying the patient, locating and preparing the site, and caring for the site after the draw
  • Match the common anticoagulants to tube color, order of the draw, and tests ordered
  • List precautions to be observed when drawing blood
  • Obtain blood specimen utilizing the butterfly collection system, the needle/syringe collection system, and the evacuated tube system
  • Calculate drug dosages using the ratio-proportion formula
  • Participate in mock clinic at assigned level

INVASIVE PROCEDURES

MAP 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3892 11/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. Daily Jones, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 122

Credits: 5

Introduction of intramuscular, subcutaneous, and intradermal injections as well as phlebotomy and microbiology. Also includes calculation of dosages. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all first quarter courses through MAP 168, including general education courses and compliance with the MAP immunization policy and health insurance policy. Co-requisites: MAP 222 and 232. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $50.00. Hybrid.

COMMUNITY EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND LOCATIONS

MAP 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3832 11/20 Dec. 8, 2014 10 a.m. 3 p.m. MTWTh Stroup, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 111

Credits: 1

Locate the major medical employers (including hospitals) in the student’s community, along with their human resource department. This course also includes interviewing techniques, updating your resume, and methods of applying for employment through a variety of sources. Prerequisites: Co-requisites: MAPs 215 and 210. Additional Fee: $29.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the major medical employers in the community
  • Locate employment opportunities through the newspaper, internet, employment agencies, etc
  • Identify human resource department for large healthcare employers
  • Update cover letter and resume in preparation for job searching, along with participate in mock interview process
  • Complete forms to exit program and prepare for national certification exam

EXTERNSHIP

MAP 232

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
38A2 11/20 Oct. 5, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Jones, M. Bldg. 21

Credits: 10

Capstone course gives students practical experiences in physician offices and clinics. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all MAP courses, excluding MAP 222. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

ANATOMY PHYSIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY I

MASST110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1202 21/20 Sept. 23, 2014 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. TTh Slegers, E. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 5

Introduces the student to anatomy and physiology, cytology, integumentary, osteology, mycology and the nervous system. Additional Fee: $50.00

SWEDISH MASSAGE THEORY

MASST114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1212 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 11:30 a.m. MW Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 5

Introduces the learner to the history, application, and principles of Swedish massage. This includes not only the massage strokes, but also client safety, communication, and charting of results. Prerequisite: The student will have submitted a medical statement of health from a primary care provider verifying their ability to safely participate in all aspects of the program prior to admission. MASST 114 must be taken concurrently with MASST 117. Additional Fee: $50.00

COMPLEMENTARY MASSAGE MODALITIES I

MASST116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1222 21/20 Sept. 26, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. F Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 3

Introduces the student to a variety of massage modalities that can be safely integrated into a massage practice. Modalities covered include fascial techniques, acupressure, seated massage and side-lying. Indications, contra-indications and treatment modifications will be identified. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. Additional Fee: $85.00

SWEDISH MASSAGE PRACTICE

MASST117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1232 21/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MW Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 4

Apply knowledge and techniques taught in Swedish Massage Theory. This class prepares students to practice safe, relaxing, therapeutic, and effective Swedish massage. In addition to proper use and application of Swedish massage strokes, students will also practice proper self-care techniques and learn how to care for their equipment. Prerequisite: MASST 117 must be taken concurrently with MASST 114. Additional Fee: $50.00

KINESIOLOGY: UPPER EXTREMITY

MASST126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1242 21/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Introduces students to the study of movement. Presents the beginning principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the upper extremity using palpation techniques, movement and anatomical terminology. Additional Fee: $50.00

KINESIOLOGY: TRUNK AND MODALITIES I

MASST130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1252 21/20 Nov. 6, 2014 12:15 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TTh Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 1

Continue the study of movement. This course builds upon the principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the trunk using palpation techniques, movement and anatomical terminology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126. Additional Fee: $85.00

DEEP TISSUE MASSAGE THEORY

MASST133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1262 5/20 Nov. 22, 2014 5:30 p.m. 7 p.m. MWF Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 4

Introduces the student to a variety of massage treatment techniques, providing groundwork for clinical massage applications. Indications, contraindications, and treatment modifications will be identified and discussed. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. MASST 133 must be taken concurrently with MASST 134. Additional Fee: $50.00

DEEP TISSUE MASSAGE PRACTICE

MASST134

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1272 5/20 Nov. 22, 2014 7 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MWF Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 305

Credits: 4

Building on the massage techniques learned in Swedish massage theory and practice, students become proficient in a variety of deep tissue techniques. Prerequisite: Completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. MASST 134 must be taken concurrently with MASST 133

KINESIOLOGY: HEAD AND NECK

MASST137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1282 4/20 Nov. 18, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TTh Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 1

Continue the study of movement. This course builds upon the principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the head and neck, using palpation techniques, movement, and anatomical terminology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126. Additional Fee: $85.00

MASSAGE BUSINESS & ETHICS I

MASST143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
1292 21/20 Sept. 24, 2014 9 a.m. 3:30 p.m. W Meziere, Y. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Introduces the learner to important business knowledge, skills and professional ethics vital to the successful practice of massage therapy after licensure. Students will know and follow professional ethics as related to massage, learn and practice universal safety precautions, use and understand common medical terms, research the different avenues of employment available, and begin the process of building a successful massage business. Additional Fee: $50.00

MASSAGE BUSINESS AND ETHICS II

MASST144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
12A2 5/20 Sept. 23, 2014 5:30 p.m. 7 p.m. TTh Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Learn and demonstrate a variety of successful business strategies, from marketing to record keeping, in addition to becoming knowledgeable regarding state and local laws that govern massage therapy in Washington State. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 143. Additional Fee: $50.00

KINESIOLOGY: LOWER EXTREMITY

MASST146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
12B2 4/20 Sept. 23, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. TTh Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 108

Credits: 2

Continue the study of movement. This course builds upon the principles and skills for locating and identifying bony landmarks and muscles of the lower extremity using palpation techniques, movement and anatomical terminology. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 126. Additional Fee: $85.00

MASSAGE CLINIC I

MASST162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
12C2 5/20 Oct. 29, 2014 5:30 p.m. 9:45 p.m. W Priest, J. Bldg. 08, Rm. 305

Credits: 2

Gain first-hand knowledge and experience by running a massage clinic. In addition to providing relaxation and deep-tissue massage, each student will also have an opportunity to experience the more administrative positions in a clinic by rotating through the positions of receptionist, cashier and scheduling manager. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MASST 114 and MASST 117. Student must have current First Aid/CPR certification and must have completed a minimum of four hours HIV-AIDS training. Students must have a report from the Washington State Patrol. Some results from the background check may prevent individuals from participating in the student clinic. Additional Fee: $64.00

FUNDAMENTALS OF ARITHMETIC

MAT 060

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W14 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Hughes, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103
5W12 27/30 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Hughes, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103
5W15 25/30 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Hughes, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103
5W13 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Hughes, R. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 5

Comprehensive instruction in basic arithmetic including whole numbers, fractions, decimals, ratios, proportions and percentages. Math vocabulary and problem solving strategies and approaches are taught. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required.

MATH FOR MEDICAL SPECIALTY

MAT 072

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
88D2 20/20 Sept. 26, 2014 12:30 p.m. 2 p.m. F Markovits, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 4

Emphasis on fractions, combined percentages, metric, apothecary measurements and conversions, Roman numerals and dosage calculation formulas. Self-paced lab. (For hemodialysis students only). Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score is required. Hybrid.

PRE-ALGEBRA

MAT 082

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W20 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W19 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W18 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W17 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Mollas, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 116
5W24 18/0 Sept. 23, 2014 6:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W22 6/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208
5W27 6/0 Sept. 27, 2014 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W21 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W16 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W23 12/0 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 6:30 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W25 12/0 Sept. 23, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Covers basic operations with whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios and proportions, signed numbers, algebraic expressions, linear equations, order of operations, basic geometry, units of measurement, and introduction to statistics. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 60 is required. Sections 5W17, 5W18, and 5W19 are web enhanced.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes:: 5W26, 5W27, 5W22, 5W23, 5W24, 5W25.

INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA

MAT 091

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W32 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W31 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W30 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Sandoval, L. Bldg. 17, Rm. 240
5W37 13/0 Sept. 23, 2014 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W34 15/0 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 6:30 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W29 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W36 14/0 Sept. 23, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W35 9/0 Sept. 23, 2014 6:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W38 14/0 Sept. 27, 2014 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W28 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online

Credits: 5

Develops algebraic topics including algebraic expressions, solving linear equations and inequalities, coordinate graphing, systems of equations, polynomials, factoring and introduction to rational expressions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 082 is required.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes: 5W33, 5W34, 5W35, 5W36, 5W37, 5W38.

INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA

MAT 099

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5W43 3/0 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 6:30 p.m. MW Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W45 4/0 Sept. 23, 2014 9:10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. TWTh Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W40 27/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W39 10/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W46 3/0 Sept. 23, 2014 1:30 p.m. 4 p.m. TTh Lingenfelter, R. South Hill Campus Room 107
5W41 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online
5W47 10/0 Sept. 27, 2014 9 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Sa Parnell, S. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W44 3/0 Sept. 23, 2014 6:30 p.m. 9 p.m. TTh Herring, B. Bldg. 15, Rm. 111
5W42 5/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Schmeling, L. Bldg. 16, Rm. 208

Credits: 5

Expands on algebraic topics including solving equations and inequalities, graphing of linear and nonlinear equations, and rational expressions. Develops topics including roots and radicals; solving absolute value equations and inequalities; solving quadratic, exponential and logarithmic equations; and introduction to functions. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $23.75.

Note:

The classes below are bucket math classes. These courses are self-paced labs, which gives students the opportunity to finish the course in a higher math than what they started in based upon the amount of work achieved by the students. These are ideal for those needing the extra help, since these classes also have assigned tutors.;

Bucket Classes:: 5W42, 5W43, 5W44, 5W45, 5W46, 5W47.

MATH FOR INDUSTRIAL PROFESSIONS

MAT 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0566 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 2 p.m. 2:50 p.m. Daily Herring, B. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230
0515 28/30 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 230

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra, geometry, metric measure, and trigonometry to calculate areas, volumes, and angles for polygonal objects, objects with smooth curves, and composite objects. With applications to material strength, tapers, pulleys, gears, screw threads, and elementary engines. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91.

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

MAT 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0516 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 230
0517 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra applied to percentages, markup and markdown, discounts, payroll, and simple and compound interest. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $25.00

MATH FOR HEALTH OCCUPATIONS

MAT 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0518 27/30 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Daily Stultz, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 205
0519 22/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Stultz, D. Bldg. 03, Rm. 205
0520 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Develops elements of algebra including quadratic equations with real roots and unit conversion processes applied to U. S. and metric measure, calculation of dosages and intravenous infusions. Covers solutions and dilutions, elementary chemical calculations, and elementary non-linear functions. Scientific calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 91. Additional Fee: $25.00

MATH FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS

MAT 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0521 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Covers a variety of topics including probability, statistics, finance, modeling, sets and counting, matrix operations, and exponential and logarithmic functions. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 99. Additional Fee: $25.00

PRE CALCULUS 2

MATH&142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0523 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Schmeling, L. Online

Credits: 5

Covers circular, trigonometric, and inverse-trigonometric functions and graphs; trigonometric and inverse trigonometric identities; trigonometric equations; vectors and elementary vector operations; De Moivre’s theorem and equations with complex solutions; and polar and parametric equations and their graphs. Graphing calculator required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MATH& 141 or equivalent. Additional Fee: $25.00

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS

MATH&146

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0524 24/30 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Daily Stultz, D. Bldg. 17, Rm. 230
0525 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sweerus, N. Online

Credits: 5

Descriptive and inferential statistics, including measures of central tendency, dispersion or variation, and skewness. The student is introduced to basic concepts in probability, as well as discrete and continuous probability distribution functions. Statistical inference includes sampling, elementary experimental design, and hypothesis testing using normal, Student’s t, and F-distributions; linear regression and correlation; and the chi-square distribution. Graphing calculator is required. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS placement score or successful completion of MAT 099 is required. Additional Fee: $25.00

SHOP SAFETY

MCH 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78P2 5/18 Sept. 22, 2014 6 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 105
7802 9/9 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 2

Provides an overview of the program, orientation to shop procedures, and the responsibilities associated with personal safety and the safety of others. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $39.50

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT

MCH 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78Q2 6/18 Sept. 22, 2014 6 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 105
7812 9/9 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Provides a review of basic arithmetic, using addition, subtraction, fractions, and decimal fractions. Study of drawings and prints, and an overview of basic measuring tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT II

MCH 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7822 4/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Provides study of basic geometry concepts and introduction to calculators. Advanced study of prints and reading of machine details. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SHOP MATH/BLUEPRINT III

MCH 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7832 3/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

An introduction to trigonometric functions, practical machine mathematical applications, the Cartesian coordinate system, geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SHOP MACHINE AND TOOLS

MCH 111

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7842 9/9 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105
78R2 6/18 Sept. 22, 2014 6 p.m. 9:45 p.m. MTWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Use and care of hand and machine tools used in measurement, layout and inspection. Beginning machine tool operation of pedestal grinders, drill presses and power saws. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

LATHES I

MCH 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7852 9/9 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on lathes with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, turning, facing, grooving, threading, and tapers. Actual turning jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE

MCH 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7862 4/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Progressively difficult operations on milling machines, with emphasis on setups, speeds and feeds, end milling, side milling, shell milling, drilling, and tapping. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

LATHES & MILLS II

MCH 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7872 3/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Intermediate calculations and machining operations with emphasis on accessories for lathes and milling machines. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $68.00

LATHES & MILLS III

MCH 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7882 4/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 10

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on precision setup using geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $77.50

LATHES & MILLS IV

MCH 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
7892 1/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 8

Progressively advanced turning and milling techniques with emphasis placed on the use of all shop equipment to complete advanced precision projects. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $68.00

SURFACE GRINDING

MCH 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78A2 3/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Progressively difficult grinding operations with emphasis on surface grinding, mounting, dressing and truing grinding machine wheels. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

TOOL & CUTTER GRINDER

MCH 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78B2 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Progressively difficult tool and cutter grinding with emphasis on milling cutters, reamers and form tools. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $53.75

CATIA I

MCH 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78L2 0/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 5

Gain introductory knowledge of 3D and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create basic parts and assemblies in solids and wireframe. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $53.75. Hybrid.

INTRODUCTION TO CNC

MCH 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78C2 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 7

Introduction to CNC programming software and setups using CAD/CAM interfacing and project milling, drilling and lathe turning. Actual machining jobs from industry may be utilized. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $63.25. Hybrid.

CATIA II

MCH 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78M2 0/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Build upon modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to apply graphic skills to create parts, assemblies and profiles in solids and wireframe. Additional Fee: $44.25. Hybrid.

CATIA III

MCH 206

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78N2 1/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 3

Apply more advanced modeling and parametric design using CATIA V5 software to create complex parts and assemblies in solids and wireframes. Additional Fee: $44.25. Hybrid.

MEASUREMENT INSPECTION & EQUIPMENT

MCH 211

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78D2 4/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 10

Understanding and operating Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machinery. Writing programs and manual data input. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $77.50. Hybrid.

ADVANCED CNC

MCH 216

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78F2 7/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 12

Progressively advanced CNC machining techniques with emphasis placed on program troubleshooting and increased production. Actual machining jobs from industry may be used. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $87.00. Hybrid.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

MCH 219

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78G2 3/18 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dam, K. Online

Credits: 4

Covers writing a resume, researching employers and job search techniques. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

INSPECTION TECHNIQUES

MCH 223

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78H2 4/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 6

Proper use of inspection tools and equipment. Emphasis is on applied use of geometric dimensioning and tolerancing, with use of granite layout surfaces. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $58.50

METALLURGY & HEAT TREATMENT

MCH 229

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78J2 6/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7:05 a.m. 1:30 p.m. Daily Dam, K. Bldg. 25, Rm. 105

Credits: 4

Provides insight into the study of the properties and compositions of metals. Emphasis is on heat treatment of metals. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

MANUFACTURING RESOURCES & RESEARCH

MCH 231

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
78K2 6/18 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Dam, K. Online

Credits: 4

Study of resources for machining information with emphasis on methods of research. Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission and MCH 101. Additional Fee: $49.00

BODY FLUIDS

MLT 221

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4802 15/16 Oct. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 1:30 p.m. W Guinn, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 1

Introduces the production, collection, and analyses of various body fluids, including Cerebrospinal and Synovial fluids. This course is presented on Wednesday afternoons during the fall quarter clinical phase. Prerequisite: MLT 218. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe production composition, function, and flow of cerebrospinal and seminal fluid, including associated anatomy of the central nervous system
  • Describe collection of Body Fluids and the normal appearance, storage requirements, consequences of improper storage, processing procedure and usual departmental distribution within the laboratory
  • State normal values and clinical significance for CSF tests including, but not limited to glucose, protein, lactate, glutamine, ammonia, cell count, differential count, lgG index, electrophoresis, VDRL, and relate abnormal results and appearance, using correct terminology, to diagnosis and treatment in specific disease states
  • List the steps, supplies, and dilution required for a CSF, synovial fluid and semen /sperm counts, correctly perform calculations for a cell count given the numbers of cells counted, dilution factor us and number of Neubauer squares counted and describe the procedure for making a cytospin slide, accurately identify and enumerate cells in a stained body fluid slide
  • Calculate and interpret the CSF lgG Index given serum lgG serum Albumin, and CSF Albumin
  • List the steps taken in the microbiology department to perform and interpret a CSF and feces stains, noting pathologic and nonpathologic results
  • Describe production, composition, function, and abnormal components and specific procedures for their identification, for the following body fluids: serous, synovial amniotic, and seminal
  • List and describe the performance of common test procedures, including bright field and polarized microscopic examination if applicable, normal ranges, and physiological significance used for diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions for the following body fluids: serous, synovial, amniotic, and seminal
  • Define and differentiate, from memory, the terms exudate and transudate and correlate with the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • Describe normal appearance, odor and composition of feces noting pathogenic and nonpathogenic causes of abnormalities, and describe the performance of common test procedures and correlate results with the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • State the significance of increased neutrophils in a stool specimen, and the method for identifying them and correlate with the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • Describe the Sudan Ill qualitative method for identifying fecal fats, patient preparation, the interpretation of results and correlate with the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • Explain the principle of the guaiac test for occult blood, patient preparation and correlate results with the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • State the principle and clinical significance of the lactoferrin latex agglutination test
  • Work cooperatively with others when performing laboratory work; share reagents, space, small tools, and time of instruments without contention

CLINICAL CHEMISTRY

MLT 227

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4812 15/16 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 3:30 p.m. Daily Guinn, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 222

Credits: 8

Beginning with an overview of the digestive system, students will study the relationship between blood levels of many substances and normal-versus-abnormal physiology. In the student laboratory, manual and semi-automated procedures are performed for the assay of many commonly-measured blood components. Preventative maintenance of instruments, troubleshooting, and quality assurance are stressed throughout the course. This course is offered fall quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 223. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate knowledge of basic chemistry, to include the correct definition of terms, use of the periodic table, writing molecular formulas, and calculating molecular weights
  • Define the terms Molarity, Normality, and Percent as they relate to strengths of solutions; calculate solution strengths in these terms, and explain how to prepare solutions of these strength designations
  • Outline the metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, including: organs involved, enzymes produced, the process of digestion, and the resulting measurable serum and/or urine components produced
  • Describe the principle of spectrophotometry, calculate unknown results following Beer's Law, differentiate a "control" from a "standard", and state what must be done when samples fall out of the linearity of the procedure
  • Give the full and abbreviated names for significant enzymes present in serum, citing their tissue source and clinical significance, the principle of the reaction by which they are measured, the role they play in reactions and 3 conditions which must be controlled during testing; calculate enzyme activity for those which are measured kinetically
  • Describe the principle of ion-Selective electrode instruments, indicating which plasma components are routinely measured by this methodology, alternative means of measuring the same substances and basic problem solving for instrument problems
  • Name the appropriate specimen type for each assay discussed, noting special requirements, causes of rejection, and possible sources of error or interference in testing procedures
  • State the clinical significance for diagnosis and treatment, the reference ranges, the principles of testing and calculations, and group tests together as profiles for the following analytes: Total Protein, Globulin, Bilirubin, Transferrin, Ferritin, Iron, Myoglobin, Calcitonin, Albumin, Glucose, Glycohemoglobin; NPN Substances to include BUN, Creatinine, Uric Acid; Lipids to include Total Cholesterol, HDL Cholesterol, Triglycerides; Electrolytes, Calcium, Enzymes to include Amylase, AST, Alt, CK (and isoenzymes), LD (and isoenzymes), ACP, ALP; Iron and TIBC
  • Correlate abnormal values for any of the substances listed in Objective 8 with major pathologic conditions, including, but not limited to, diabetes mellitus, myocardial infarction, and liver disease
  • Name the classes of lipoproteins, describing their function, relative densities, and electrophoretic properties; calculate LDL:HDL ratio, relating it to risk of coronal artery disease
  • Name the measured and unmeasured anions and cations present in the serum; calculate the anion gap and check for balance, given a set of electrolytes
  • Trace the formation and conjugation of bilirubin, relating it to the degradation of heme (as covered in Mlt203), to urobilinogen, and to liver and kidney function including the calculations, properties and clinical significance of elevated levels in blood and urine
  • Correlate the measurement of Serum Iron and TIBC with findings in the Hematology department, relating them to anemic conditions; calculate % saturation given both levels
  • State the specimen collection requirements, possible test methodologies, and medications involved in Therapeutic Drug Monitoring (TDM), noting therapeutic ranges for both peak and trough samples
  • Work cooperatively with others when performing laboratory work; share reagents, space, small tools, and time on instruments without contention

CLINICAL EXPERIENCE I

MLT 232

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4822 15/16 Oct. 13, 2014 Arranged Arranged Daily Guinn, D. Off Campus

Credits: 11

Begin the clinical phase of training in an affiliated laboratory. During this course, students will complete eight weeks of the experience. In the next courses (MLT 235 and 236), they will continue training for eleven more weeks. Over the course of the nineteen weeks of clinical training, the students will rotate through all departments and perform current routine procedures by state-of-the-art methodologies. Appropriate amounts of time are spent working in each particular discipline; to accomplish this, some students rotate through two or three different laboratories. Staff of the affiliated laboratory directly supervises students; there is ongoing contact with the instructor in the form of bi-weekly site visits and Wednesday afternoon class sessions. A report of No Record on File regarding crimes against persons from the Washington State Patrol is required for participation in this training. This course is offered fall quarter. Prerequisite: MLT 218. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Collect and process biological specimens for analysis
  • Perform analytical tests on body fluids, cells, and products
  • Recognize factors that affect procedures and results, taking appropriate actions within predetermined limits when corrections are indicated
  • Monitor quality control within predetermined limits
  • Perform preventive and corrective maintenance of equipment and instruments or refer to appropriate source for repairs
  • Demonstrate professional conduct and interpersonal communication skills with patients, laboratory personnel, other healthcare professionals and with the public
  • Recognize the responsibilities of other laboratory and health care personnel and interact with them with respect for their jobs and patient care
  • Apply basic scientific principles in learning new techniques and procedures
  • Relate laboratory findings to common diagnosis and treatment of diseases and conditions
  • Recognize and act upon individual needs for continuing education as a function of growth and maintenance of professional competence

INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH CARE AND THE PROGRAM

MMN 103

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8302 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. M Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 3

Covers overall program content, including policies, procedures, philosophy, and terminal objectives. Explores the history and evolution of the Central Service profession, human relations, legal issues, and regulatory agencies affecting the field. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% identify the expectations, objectives, components, College and classroom policies and procedures
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% identify the role of the CS/SP Technician and profession in the workplace
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% identify the regulatory and voluntary agencies directly affecting the role of the CS/SP technician along with each agency’s functions
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% identify the safety risks to personnel and patients associated with the job, and the steps in prevention of accidents and injury
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% identify human relations, its components and effects of good communication in the workplace

ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY/MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY

MMN 106

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8312 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. WTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Explores the overall makeup of the human body, its systems and functions, and related medical and surgical terminology. Surgical instrumentation is introduced. Web enhanced. Prerequisite: Completion of MMN 103.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, construct, identify and analyze words, word elements, and their purpose/meanings
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% break down and define medical and surgical terminology
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify the structure, functional activities, and the role of cells, tissues, and organs in human physiology
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, explain the function of each major body system and identify how each system helps the body in maintaining normal health and in fighting and preventing disease

MICROBIOLOGY/INFECTION CONTROL

MMN 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8322 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. WTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Examination of human pathogens in microbiology. Students will learn about infection control as it relates to the sterilization process. Safety issues in the health care environment are covered. Web enhanced. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify the various microbes according to morphology, diseases, transmission, and be able to differentiate between them
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, explore and identify the application of microbiology principles as related to the job of the technician
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, describe the principles and transmission of infection and the guidelines and effects of Standard Precautions
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify the causative agents of Bloodborne Pathogens, their relationship in the workplace, and as it relates to the job of the technician
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, and discussion, the student will, at a minimum level of 80%, pass a state approved HIV/AIDs training session and assessment as required by local facilities

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTATION

MMN 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8332 20/20 Sept. 24, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. WTh Wagers, J. Bldg. 21, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Students learn to identify basic and complex surgical instruments. They will demonstrate thorough knowledge of the manufacture, care, and processing of surgical, endoscopic and power instruments. In addition, students will have an understanding of special protocols required with loaner instruments. Web enhanced. Prerequisite: MMN 103, 106, 109. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 90%, identify basic and complex surgical instruments used in general surgery
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will at a minimum level of 75% identify the process and materials used in the manufacture of surgical instruments
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify the necessary steps to perform thorough inspection, care, and maintenance of surgical instruments
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, the internet, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, identify cleaning and processing concerns associated with complex surgical instruments
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, correctly discuss how to assemble and disassemble endoscopic, and power equipment
  • Utilizing textbook, lecture, video, discussion, and lab, the student will, at a minimum level of 75%, know the proper handling and processing protocols and concerns with loaner instrumentation

CLINICAL INTERNSHIP I

MMN 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8342 17/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Daily Wagers, J. Bldg.

Credits: 6

Provides the student with the opportunity to apply the theories and principles of Central Service and sterilization learned in the classroom to the actual work experience in a Central Service, Sterile Processing, or Distribution department. The role of the CS technician in a hospital Central Service/Sterile Processing department will be the focus. In order to participate in the clinical aspect of the program, students must receive a clear background check as required by the health care facilities, have proof of current immunizations, complete CPR for health care professionals, be able to lift 50 pounds, and be able to work on their feet for up to 8 hours. Prerequisite: Completion of MMN 103, 106, 109, 124, 126, 129, 131, 210. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL INTERNSHIP II

MMN 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8352 17/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Wagers, J. Bldg.

Credits: 6

Continued participation in the clinical setting at local facilities allows the student to gain a variety of experiences in Central Service/Sterile Processing and Materiel Management. Requirements are the same as MMN 213. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MMN 213. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct, and attendance according to program standards
  • Apply Central Service, Sterile Processing, and Materiel Management concepts to clinical practice
  • Use Standard Precautions at all times
  • Utilize criticism to improve performance
  • Maintain confidentiality of patients, staff, peers and health care facility

MUSIC APPRECIATION

MUSC&105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0526 14/30 Sept. 25, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online

Credits: 5

Learn about elements of music, that is, the building blocks: pitch, melody, harmony, rhythm, texture, timbre and dynamics. Study the evolution of music through the ages. This will not be a music history class, but rather an investigation of how music changed through time. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/ SLEP score; or successful completion of ENG 094 is required. Additional Fee: $25.00

NURSING ASSISTANT THEORY

NAC 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS92 0/20 Aug. 27, 2014 12:40 p.m. 2:10 p.m. Daily Hullaby, S. Off Campus
NS62 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. Daily Hullaby, S. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214
NS02 31/40 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. TWTh Sword, Y. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 6

The Nursing Assistant Certified Program prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of a professional licensed provider such as a Registered Nurse. This course is an introduction to the role and responsibilities of being a Nursing Assistant. Prerequisites: Ability to lift up to 50 pounds. This occupation requires medium physical activity and lifting/handling objects weighing up to 50 pounds. Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting. Additional Fee: $70.00. Web enhanced.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the functions and role of a nursing assistant in a long-term care facility
  • Discuss the Omnibus budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for nursing assistant training
  • Define types of abuse and neglect and describe the signs that indicate abuse and neglect
  • List the types of transmission of infection precautions that are to be used in addition to standard precautions
  • Describe ways a nursing assistant can most effectively prevent the spread of any communicable disease including AIDS/HIV
  • Describe the influences of culture in the resident’s response to health, wellness and illness
  • Identify the age-related changes and abnormalities of the body systems
  • Identify the different common and therapeutic diets
  • Demonstrate accurate measuring and recording of food and fluid intake and output
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of medical terminology and abbreviations
  • Identify the causes and preventative measures of pressure ulcers
  • Describe the signs and symptoms and actions for airway obstruction in the responsive and unresponsive victim
  • Describe and demonstrate the steps of CPR

NURSING SKILL FUNDAMENTALS

NAC 102

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS22 12/20 Oct. 20, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. MT Hernandez, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137
NS12 19/20 Oct. 20, 2014 7:30 a.m. 3 p.m. WTh Sword, Y. Bldg. 21, Rm. 137

Credits: 4

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. This course includes the minimum requirements for skill competencies. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds, and no record on file from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101.

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate lifting an object using proper body mechanics
  • Demonstrate proper hand-washing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper lifting, moving, positioning and transfer techniques
  • Demonstrate proper range of motion
  • Demonstrate the proper technique and documentation weight, blood pressure, pulse respirations and temperature
  • Demonstrate proper bathing techniques
  • Demonstrate proper personal care and grooming techniques
  • Demonstrate proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate the correct techniques for feeding a client
  • Demonstrate the correct and safe application of TED stockings

UNIT BASED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE

NAC 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS32 31/40 Nov. 13, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sword, Y. Bldg.
NS82 0/20 Sept. 22, 2014 3:30 p.m. 6:30 p.m. Daily Hullaby, S. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 3

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. The course includes content describing principles of documentation, accurate observation, reporting of residents’ conditions, and philosophy of restorative nursing as well as clinical practice experience under the supervision of the NAC instructor. Students must demonstrate skills at an acceptable or exceeds standard level to pass this course. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentations of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds. Nursing assistants are often standing for long periods of time. For safety and protection of patients, the student nurse must be able to perform basic cardiac life support, including CPR, and function in stressful and/or emergency situations. Students must be able to safely assist a patient in moving from bed to a chair, commode, or cart. Students must sign an affidavit that they meet the physical requirements before they can be placed in a clinical setting; have no record on file for crimes against children or vulnerable adults from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101. Additional Fee: $10.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate resident care activities including personal care and bathing
  • Demonstrate the practice of standard precautions and their application in the health care setting
  • Identify emergency practices and procedures and their applications in a health care setting
  • Demonstration of the proper techniques of the “NNAAP Skills” identified by regulatory agencies
  • Demonstrate proper techniques for feeding residents

NURSING ASSISTANT THEORY I

NAC 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS2N 0/0 Sept. 23, 2014 6:30 p.m. 8 p.m. TWTh Collar, S. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 3

Introduction to the role and responsibilities of a Nursing Assistant. Includes the following topics: resident/work environment, infection control, special needs of the elderly, communication and interpersonal skills, body systems (introduction to key anatomical, physiological and pathological terms), documentation responsibilities, residents’ rights, long-term care setting, legal/ethical issues, and stages of death and dying. This course will meet the didactic portion of Washington State and Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for Nursing Assistant Training.

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the functions and role of a nursing assistant in a long-term care facility
  • Discuss the Omnibus budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requirements for nursing assistant training.
  • Define types of abuse and neglect and describe the signs that indicate abuse and neglect.
  • List the types of transmission of infection precautions that are to be used in addition to standard precautions
  • Describe ways a nursing assistant can most effectively prevent the spread of any communicable disease including AIDS/HIV
  • Describe the influences of culture in the resident’s response to health, wellness and illness
  • Identify the age-related changes and abnormalities of the body systems
  • Identify the different common and therapeutic diets
  • Demonstrate accurate measuring and recording of food and fluid intake and output
  • Demonstrate a working knowledge of medical terminology and abbreviations
  • Identify the causes and preventative measures of pressure ulcers
  • Describe the signs and symptoms and actions for airway obstruction in the responsive and unresponsive victim
  • Describe and demonstrate the steps of CPR

Nurs Assist Theory II

NAC 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
NS2T 0/0 Nov. 19, 2014 4 p.m. 8 p.m. TWTh Collar, S. Bldg. 21, Rm. 211

Credits: 3

Course Outcomes

  • List the types of transmission of infection precautions that are to be used in addition to standard precautions
  • Describe ways a nursing assistant can most effectively prevent the spread of any communicable disease including AIDS/HIV
  • Describe the signs and symptoms and actions for airway obstruction in the responsive and unresponsive victim
  • Describe and demonstrate the steps of CPR
  • Describe the legal and ethical importance of confidentiality regarding HIPAA

INTRODUCTION TO NDT

NDT 108

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0972 12/18 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, L. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Introduction to terms, definitions, and method overview of nondestructive testing. Methods include eddy current liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, radiography and ultrasonic testing.

MATERIALS AND PROCESS NDT I

NDT 113

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0982 11/18 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, L. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Explores the properties of materials, both metals and non-metals, and their applications in design and manufacturing. Define the advantages of lean concepts and applications.

MATERIALS AND PROCESS FOR NDT II

NDT 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0992 11/18 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, L. South Hill Campus Room 115

Credits: 5

Learn the major manufacturing processes used to fabricate parts, their possible discontinuities and choose the appropriate NDT methods to inspect them.

EDDY CURRENT TESTING I

NDT 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09A2 10/18 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 5

Covers the theory of the production of eddy currents, including electrical concepts. The calibration and operation of eddy current machines will be covered, along with the applications of eddy current testing. Additional Fee $45.00

EDDY CURRENT TESTING II

NDT 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09C2 10/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 5

Presents advanced theory and application as it relates to depth of penetration, characteristic frequency, and flaw characteristics. Lab exercises prove and reinforce these advanced theories.

EDDY CURRENT TESTING III

NDT 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
09D2 10/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2:30 p.m. Daily Musson, C. South Hill Campus Room 114

Credits: 5

Presents the student with advanced eddy current inspection techniques. Advanced applications will include multi-frequency inspection, nuclear tubing inspection, and many aircraft inspection techniques.

IT ESSENTIALS I

NSS 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4702 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to competently install, build, configure, upgrade, troubleshoot and repair PC compatible hardware, including troubleshooting basic networks and Internet connectivity. Additionally, this course will cover the latest memory, bus, peripherals and wireless technologies. Additional Fee: $73.75

IT ESSENTIALS II

NSS 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4712 30/30 Oct. 17, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to competently use, install, configure, upgrade, and troubleshoot current operating systems technologies. Prerequisites: NSS 101 or equivalent knowledge and skills. Additional Fee: $69.00

CISCO NETWORKING I

NSS 109

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4722 4/20 Sept. 24, 2014 6 p.m. 9 p.m. W Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209
47AC 29/29 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 4

The first of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA1, Networking Basics curriculum, which teaches basics of Ethernet technologies, cabling LANSs and WANS, network media, basics of TCP/IP and IP addressing and routing fundamentals.

LAW & ETHICS IN THE WORKPLACE

NSS 115

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4732 9/25 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 107

Credits: 4

Liability and litigation can arise from many situations, including misuse and abuse of computer databases, bulletin boards, email, web pages, electronic funds transfer systems, and proprietary computer programs. Recommended business practices for policies, codes of conduct, and communications are examined. Additional Fee: $69.00

MS DESKTOP SUPPORT I

NSS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4742 17/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Lanphier, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge, skills, and tasks necessary to troubleshoot basic problems computer users will face while running a desktop operating system. Additional Fee: $73.75

MS DESKTOP SUPPORT II

NSS 125

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4752 16/30 Oct. 31, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. MWF Lanphier, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

Introduces students to the knowledge, skills and tasks necessary to troubleshoot basic problems computer users will face related to configuring and maintaining applications running on a desktop operating system. Prerequisites: NSS 120 or equivalent knowledge and skills. Additional Fee: $69.00

IMPLEMENTING SYSTEM SECURITY

NSS 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4772 29/30 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Capstone course of general security concepts, communications security, infrastructure security, basics of cryptography and organizational security. Includes access, attacks, auditing, vulnerabilities, devices, algorithms, protocols, disaster recover and documentation. Additional Fee: $69.00

SERVER OS INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION

NSS 139

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AD 15/30 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TTh Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces knowledge, skills and tasks necessary to deploy, support, and secure windows server network operating systems in a variety of stand-alone and enterprise network environments. Provides hands-on training for Information Systems Security professionals responsible for managing accounts and resources, maintaining server resources, monitoring server performance, safeguarding data, and securing server network operating systems. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

INTRO TO DATA ANALYSIS

NSS 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4782 0/30 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Introduces the use of software to perform recovery of deleted or corrupted data. Techniques will be used to demonstrate the use of statistical analysis practices to predict or show trends involving security issues of access, crime or loss prevention. Additional Fee: $73.75

SHAREPOINT SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

NSS 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AB 20/25 Sept. 23, 2014 11:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 4

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully install, manage and support SharePoint services. Successful students will learn and introduction to Administration, Content Management, and configuration of SharePoint services in a variety of network settings. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

CYBER SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS

NSS 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47A2 32/30 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TTh Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

This course introduces students to the evolving field of cybersecurity. Students will learn about common cyber attacks and the techniques used to identify, detect, and defend against cybersecurity threats. They will also gain a basic understanding of personal, physical, network, internet, and enterprise security, as well as a foundation for more advanced study of cybersecurity Additional Fee: $69.00

INTRODUCTION TO LINUX

NSS 160

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47B2 20/30 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Introduces the fundamentals of the UNIX operating system, concepts, architecture, and administration. The student will practice these basic concepts and approaches using LINUX. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSS 162

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AA 17/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 4

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement core services in windows server operating systems. Provides hands on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services including windows deployment services, distributed file system, backup and recovery procedures. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification Prerequisite: NSS 139 Server OS Installation and Configuration

VIRTUALIZATION AND CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES

NSS 164

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47C2 18/25 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 10:30 a.m. TTh Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 4

Introduces the virtualization and cloud technologies needed to advance in today's technology workplace. This class includes opportunities for hands-on learning experiences to build the skills necessary for a successful career in the computer industry increasingly focused on cloud technologies using virtualization. Additional Fee: $69.00

CONTINGENCY PLANNING

NSS 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47D2 24/25 Sept. 22, 2014 1 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112
47W2 10/30 Sept. 23, 2014 1 p.m. 3 p.m. TTh Morris, C. Bldg. 16, Rm. 207

Credits: 4

Course consists of an introduction to disaster recovery and contingency planning from an Information Technology (IT) aspect. It covers risk assessment, hazard analysis, business impact analysis, basic plan development and long-range contingency planning, all of which provide basic concepts and recommended processes for long-range contingency planning. Additional Fee: $69.00

INTERNSHIP I

NSS 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47F2 23/25 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Daily Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 2

On-the-job practical field experience combining classroom study with related work experience under the supervision of an employer. Includes scheduled seminars. Additional Fee: $50.00

ADVANCED LINUX

NSS 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47G2 23/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Hollowell, K. Bldg. 16, Rm. 111

Credits: 5

Advanced fundamentals of the Linux operating system, the operating system of the Internet, servers and desktop computers. This course is a hands-on, practical approach to the advanced abilities and usage of Linux system concepts, architecture and administration. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSS 160. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADVANCED WINDOWS SERVER CONFIGURATION

NSS 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47AG 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 11:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement advanced services in windows server operating systems. Provides extensive hands on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services including Network Load Balancing, Clustering, DHCP, DNS, and Direct Access. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.
Prerequisites: NSS 162 Administering Windows Server OS.

INTERNSHIP II

NSS 250

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47J2 8/25 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Daily Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 2

This course provides practical field experience in a security-related specialty area. Includes a scheduled seminar. Additional Fee: $50.00

COMPUTER FORENSICS

NSSB 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47K2 8/25 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. MTWTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 4

Basic practices and techniques used in computer forensics. This course introduces the chain of custody and determination of the sequence of events when a misuse or crime is suspected. Topics include: evidence collection and analysis, interpretation of clues from mail messages, news posting, and file signatures on hard drives and other computer storage media. Prerequisites: NSS 140. Additional Fee: $50.00

SECURITY LAB I

NSSB 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47M2 7/25 Sept. 26, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. F Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, enhance their skills, and gain hands-on experience needed or required within the industry to be successful in the security field. Additional Fee: $50.00

SCRIPTING

NSSB 245

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47L2 7/25 Oct. 30, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. MTWTh Randall, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 112

Credits: 5

Scripting languages are often used for one-off programming jobs and for prototyping. Scripting is also used in some large generic applications as a flexible way to configure and secure generic software components to fit specialist requirements. Today, a bewildering variety of scripting languages offer a range of powerful features. This class will illustrate some practical applications of scripting and provide an introduction to some of the most widely used scripting languages. Additional Fee: $50.00

CISCO NETWORKING I

NSSC 200

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47N2 14/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The first of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA1, Networking Basics curriculum. Includes the basics of Ethernet technologies, cabling LANs and WANs, network media, basics of TCP/IP and IP addressing and routing fundamentals. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

CISCO NETWORKING II

NSSC 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47P2 13/20 Oct. 27, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The second of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA2. Includes the basics of configuring routers, routing protocols, TCP/IP concepts, access control lists and network troubleshooting skills. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 200. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced,

CISCO NETWORKING III

NSSC 203

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47Q2 10/20 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The third of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum, CCNA3. Includes VLSM, basics of OSPF and EIGRP, switch concepts and configuration, Spanning Tree Protocols, VLANs and VTP. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 201. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

CISCO NETWORKING IV

NSSC 205

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47R2 10/20 Oct. 31, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 5

The last of four courses in the new Cisco NetAcad CCNA Routing and Switching curriculum. Includes ISDN, DDR, Frame Relay, PPP, NAT, PAT, DHCP and WAN technologies. Prerequisites: Successful completion of NSSC 203. Additional Fee: $75.00. Web enhanced.

CISCO LEARNING LAB I

NSSC 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47S2 12/20 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. MWF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills, and hands-on experience needed to prepare for the Cisco CCENT certification exam. Prerequisites: Concurrently enrolled in NSSC 200 (Cisco Networking I) & NSSC 201 (Cisco Networking II). Additional Fee: $64.25

CISCO LEARNING LAB II

NSSC 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47T2 6/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. TThF Turner, J. Bldg. 16, Rm. 209

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills, and hands-on experience needed to prepare for the Cisco CCNA certification exam. Prerequisites: Concurrently enrolled in NSSC 203 (Cisco Networking III) & NSSC 205 (Cisco Networking IV). Additional Fee: $64.25

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSSD 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47U2 5/30 Sept. 22, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement core services in Windows server operating systems. Provides hands-on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services, including Windows deployment services, distributed file system, backup and recovery procedures. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification. Additional Fee: $73.75

ADVANCED WINDOWS SERVER CONFIGURATION

NSSD 208

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47V2 5/30 Oct. 31, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. MWF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully implement advanced services in Windows server operating systems. Provides extensive hands-on exercises where the successful student will be able to configure and manage a wide range of services, including Network Load Balancing, Clustering, DHCP, DNS and Direct Access. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification.

ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER OS

NSSD 218

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47X2 22/25 Sept. 23, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TThF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces the knowledge and skills necessary for systems administrators to successfully install, manage and support SharePoint services. Successful students will learn an introduction to administration, content management, and configuration of SharePoint services in a variety of network settings. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification. Additional Fee: $50.00

MICROSOFT LEARNING LAB II

NSSD 222

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47Z2 0/25 Sept. 23, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 3

Provides opportunities for students to gain the knowledge, skills and hands-on experience needed to prepare for a Microsoft SharePoint Administration certification exam. Additional Fee: $50.00

MAIL SERVER ADMINISTRATION

NSSD 261

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
47Y2 21/25 Oct. 31, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. TThF Souza, D. Bldg. 16, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

Introduces students to the knowledge and skills required for installing, configuring and troubleshooting an electronic mail server environment. Provides hands-on training for information technology (IT) professionals responsible for installing, configuring, upgrading, maintaining, securing and troubleshooting mail servers. Provides guidance for students pursuing industry certification. Additional Fee: $50.00

FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING

NURS 117

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8012 53/60 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. T Bahrt, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 4

Prepares students for employment as a basic patient care provider under the supervision of professional licensed providers such as a registered nurse. This course includes the minimum requirements for skill competencies. Students must correctly demonstrate 100% of the steps for each skill tested. Students will not be allowed to participate in the final skills exam unless attendance for all clinical hours has been fulfilled. Prerequisites: Documentation of required immunizations, ability to lift up to 50 pounds, and no record on file from the Washington State Patrol and DSHS. Successful completion of NAC 101. Web enhanced.

MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I

NURS 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8022 53/60 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. T Westberry, C. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on the use of the nursing process in care of clients with selected health disturbances. Emphasis is given to psychological, sociocultural, and developmental factors. Nursing interventions, pharmacological considerations and client teaching are integrated. Prerequisite: Admission to Practical Nursing program. Additional Fee: $175.00. Web enhanced.

PRE-PHARMACOLOGY

NURS 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8032 53/60 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. M Lazarus, B. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 2

Prepares the student for calculation of drug dosages in order to accurately prepare and administer medications to a varied client population. Basic principles for client safety are reviewed. Prerequisites: Admission to Practical Nursing. Web enhanced.

BASIC HEALTH ASSESSMENT & SKILLS

NURS 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8042 54/60 Sept. 24, 2014 8 a.m. 11 a.m. W Cooper, L. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 5

Provides opportunity of laboratory demonstration and supervised practice of nursing skills discussed in NURS 117 and 120. The student will demonstrate competence in performance of selected skills, using principles taught. During laboratory practice, student use simulated equipment and classmates as patients. Prerequisite: Admission to Practical Nursing program. Additional Fee: $89.00. Web enhanced.

MENTAL HEALTH NURSING

NURS 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8052 54/60 Sept. 22, 2014 12 p.m. 3 p.m. M Anderson Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Focuses on the continuum between mental health and illness and the therapeutic nurse-client relationship. Selected mental disorders will be discussed with emphasis on nursing interventions, common interdisciplinary treatments, and services available for clients in inpatient and outpatient settings. Prerequisite: Admission to Practical Nursing program. Additional Fee: $25.00. Web enhanced.

MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II

NURS 136

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8062 44/60 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 3 p.m. M Westberry, C. Bldg. 21, Rm. 108

Credits: 6

Focuses on use of the nursing process in care of clients with selected health disturbances. Emphasis is given to psychological, sociocultural, and developmental factors. Pharmacologic and nutritional consideration and client teaching are integrated. Prerequisites: NURS 102, 109, 112, 113, 115, 119, 120, 124, 125, 128, 130, 132, 135. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM I

NURS 149

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8072 45/60 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Murphy, H. Bldg.

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for the student to provide care to clients in long-term care, acute, and community settings. Experience involves direct client care, nursing procedures, and administration of medications to diverse clients of every stage of life. Focus is on safe nursing practice, nursing process, communication, documentation, and client teaching. Prerequisites: NURS 125, 126, 128, 130, 131. Additional Fee: $39.00. Web enhanced.

CLINICAL PRACTICUM II

NURS 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
8082 45/60 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Bahrt, D. Bldg.

Credits: 5

Provides an opportunity for the student to provide care to clients in long-term care, acute, and community settings. Experience involves direct client care, nursing procedures, and administration of medications to diverse clients of every stage of life. Focus is on safe nursing practice, nursing process, communication, documentation, and client teaching. Prerequisites: NURS 125, 126, 128, 130, 131. Additional Fee: $39.00

PHARMACOLOGY I

NURS 202

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2502 25/25 Sept. 25, 2014 4 p.m. 7 p.m. Th Anderson, R. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Examines the nursing process as it relates to pharmacology. Basic math skills necessary for safe dosage calculation are reviewed. Course includes pharmacology principles, drug action, interaction, adverse effects, and legal considerations. Nursing implications of drug classifications are emphasized. Prerequisites: Admission to Associate Degree in Nursing (ADN) program. Web enhanced.

COMPLEX MEDICAL SURGICAL I

NURS 207

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2512 25/25 Sept. 23, 2014 4 p.m. 7 p.m. T Bahrt, D. Bldg. 21, Rm. 210

Credits: 3

Using a conceptual framework of systems, review course focuses on the principles of nursing process in relation to complex medical/surgical issues related to selected physiological systems in a diverse population. This course will include the differentiation of role between LPN and RN. This course provides the foundations of critical thinking, the change process, role transition, and provides further knowledge on the nursing process. The student is introduced to the concept of the RN as provider of care, manager of care, and professional member of an organization. Prerequisites: Admission to Associate Degree in Nursing (ADN) program. Web enhanced.

COMPLEX PHYSICAL HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND SKILLS

NURS 228

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2522 25/25 Sept. 22, 2014 4 p.m. 8:30 p.m. MW George, P. Bldg. 21, Rm. 130

Credits: 6

Focuses on the acquisition of skills needed to obtain a complete physical health assessment of a client. The importance of therapeutic communication in performing a health assessment is emphasized. The nursing process and its relationship to the prevention and early detection of disease are also emphasized. Prerequisites: Admission to Associate Degree in Nursing (ADN) program. Additional Fee: $225.00. Web enhanced.

NUTRITION

NUTR&101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0570 22/24 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 2:30 p.m. TTh Dyer, H. Bldg. 21, Rm. 109

Credits: 5

An exploration of macronutrients (carbohydrates, proteins and fats) and micronutrients (vitamins and minerals) and their role in growth, development, and optimal health throughout the lifespan. A study of the anatomy and physiology of the gastrointestinal tract and its relation to digestion, absorption and metabolism of nutrients will be completed. Students will explore the role of nutrition in preventing nutrition related diseases. A healthy dietary plan will be developed to assist students in making healthy changes in their nutritional status for themselves and other members of their community.

MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES FOR OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

OPM 311

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
BA02 2/18 Sept. 22, 2014 7 p.m. 9 p.m. M Staff TBD

Credits: 5

Provides students with the foundational mathematical tools required for operations management including acceptance sampling, decision theory, probability theory, and linear programming. Prerequisites: MATH& 146.

FORECASTING AND SYSTEM DESIGN

OPM 312

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
BA12 4/18 Sept. 22, 2014 5 p.m. 7 p.m. M Staff TBD

Credits: 5

Introduces students to forecasting and capacity planning tools for manufacturing and service organizations. Covers the selection of appropriate processes and facility layouts, the design of work systems, and maintenance planning. Prerequisites: OPM 311 or instructor permission

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

PHIL 310

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
BA22 4/18 Sept. 24, 2014 5 p.m. 7 p.m. W Staff TBD

Credits: 5

Raise students’ awareness of ethical dilemmas that might occur at work, to show how such ethical issues are subject to management analysis and decision-making action, and to provide students with the conceptual tools necessary to identify and then develop an acceptable resolution of these dilemmas. Prerequisites: ENGL& 101.

GENERAL PHYSICS

PHYS&114

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0527 6/10 Sept. 22, 2014 3 p.m. 4:25 p.m. MW Staff Bldg. 17, Rm. 270

Credits: 5

Covers problem-solving concepts in physics including one- and two-dimensional kinematics, force, Newton’s laws of motion, uniform circular motion, universal gravitation, work, energy, linear momentum, rotational motion, and angular momentum in an algebra-based approach. Prerequisites: MAT 099.

PSYCHOLOGY OF THE WORKPLACE

PSY 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0552 24/30 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 12:50 p.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127
0551 23/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wheeler, M. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces general psychological principles and their application to the workplace, emphasizing critical thinking with regard to self-awareness, interpersonal relations, motivation, and teamwork. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Section 0552 is hybrid.

GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&100

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0550 26/30 Sept. 23, 2014 3 p.m. 3:50 p.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127
0547 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online
0544 29/30 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 8:50 a.m. Daily Wheeler, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127
0546 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Wheeler, M. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127
0543 20/30 Sept. 25, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Arranged Online
0542 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Wheeler, M. Online
0545 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 9 a.m. 9:50 a.m. Daily Rose-Pennisi, T. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127
0548 30/30 Sept. 23, 2014 1 p.m. 1:50 p.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 5

Surveys the knowledge and methods of the discipline of psychology. A broad view of this subject is presented and establishes the foundation for further study of the discipline. Emphasis will be placed on the application of psychological knowledge to daily situations, and on accessing and assessing information about behavior from a variety of sources. Skills in scientific reasoning and critical thinking will be developed. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0548 and 0550 are hybrid.

LIFESPAN PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&200

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
242P 12/0 Sept. 22, 2014 6:15 p.m. 8:45 p.m. MW Curry, R. Bldg. 02, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

This course provides an introduction to the milestones of human development from conception to death. It describes the physical, cognitive, and social growth of people, with special attention to various cultural contexts of development and the rich diversity of individuals. The content is drawn from research and theories in developmental psychology. Students are expected to integrate their personal experiences, knowledge of psychology, and their observations of human development with the content of this course. Implications for parenting, education, and social policy making will be discussed so that the student may apply course information to meaningful problems. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PSYC& 100. Additional Fee: $25.00

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYC&220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0556 28/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Sperry, D. Online

Credits: 5

A study of the development and symptoms of mental health disorders. Topics covered include schizophrenia, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, psychosomatic disorders, sexual deviation, organic disorders, and the process of adjustment to stress. Attention is given to biosocial, cognitive, and cultural factors and their role in mental health. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PSYC& 100 or PSY 112. Additional Fee: $25.00

Note:

Only section 241B is an I-BEST class.

INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACY & PHARMACY LAW

PT 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
27B2 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Autry, T. Online

Credits: 5

Orients students to the work of pharmacy technicians and the context in which technicians’ work is performed. Study of pharmacy law, as it pertains to the practice of pharmacy in the state of Washington, compared to the United States as a whole. Prerequisites: High school diploma or high school equivalency diploma. Computer literate. Ability to speak, read, and write the English language. Successful completion of Math 107, 108, or 109, or higher. Successful completion of a 5 credit Medical Terminology course. Successful completion of CAH 105 Computer Applications. All courses must be completed with a B or above. Additional Fee: $25.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the origins of pharmacy
  • Compare the differences between duties and responsibilities of pharmacy technicians and pharmacists
  • Define the laws of the state of Washington pertaining to the practice of pharmacy, and their impact upon pharmacy technicians
  • Explain the ethical relationship between pharmacy personnel and the community
  • Explain how the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act influences the practice of pharmacy
  • Discuss ASHP guidelines for Pharmacy Technician Programs
  • Recognize the importance of the Health Information portability Accountability Act
  • Complete the Washington State Board of Pharmacy requirement for HIV/AIDS training
  • Define Cultural Competency in regard to Health Services and Care

PHARMACOLOGY PART I

PT 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2702 19/20 Sept. 23, 2014 1:30 p.m. 3 p.m. T Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 5

Explores drug action mechanisms, the routes of administration, and the effects on body systems. Emphasis on the uses, effects, and side effects of the major drug classes. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: Same as PT 121. Additional Fee: $48.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define therapeutic effects
  • Use drug terminology correctly in written and oral communication
  • Discuss the basic mechanisms of drug actions
  • Analyze basic drug use concepts
  • Explain the side effects of the major drug classes

PHARMACOLOGY PART II

PT 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2712 12/20 Sept. 24, 2014 7:30 a.m. 10 a.m. W Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 5

Continues the exploration of drug action mechanisms, the routes of administration, and the effects on body systems. Emphasis on the uses, effects, and side effects of the major drug classes and the systems they are used on. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $48.75. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Define therapeutic effects
  • Use drug terminology correctly in written and oral communication
  • Discuss the basic mechanisms of drug actions
  • Analyze basic drug use concepts
  • Explain the side effects of the major drug classes

COMMUNITY PHARMACY PRACTICE

PT 130

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2722 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 2:30 p.m. MW Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 226

Credits: 6

Introduces the retail pharmacy experience. All aspects of community pharmacy practice, including keyboarding, prescription filling, and compounding are explored in this course. Customer service is explored as well. Prerequisite: Same as PT 121. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $48.75

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss professionalism, customer service, and telephone procedures
  • Accurately perform mathematical calculations needed for prescription filling
  • Interpret abbreviations and symbols used in prescriptions and medical orders
  • Demonstrate keyboarding skills of 35wpm using keyboarding software
  • Exhibit proficient prescription processing
  • Compare and explain different 3rd party billing options
  • Define the term extemporaneous compounding
  • Describe common situations in which compounding is required
  • Discuss equipment used for weighing, measuring and compounding pharmaceuticals

GENERIC DRUG NAMES PART I

PT 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2732 19/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12:30 p.m. 1:30 p.m. T Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 216

Credits: 3

Introduces the top 200 drugs prescribed in the United States each year. Prerequisites: Same as PT 121. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $34.50

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the Brand name to the generic name of the top 200 drugs
  • Identify the therapeutic class
  • Recognize the common dosage forms
  • Compare the routes of administration
  • Explain the most common auxiliary labels

CLINICAL CAPSTONE RESEARCH

PT 148

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2742 12/20 Sept. 24, 2014 10 a.m. 12 p.m. W Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 4

Discover local pharmacies and the requirements for internship. Explore professional conduct and appearance. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 129 and PT 143 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $39.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Research and identify pharmacies for internship opportunities
  • Discuss the attitude and appearance likely to impress a prospective employer
  • Complete informational interviews to secure one clinical site rotation with signed preceptor agreement

HOSPITAL PRACTICE

PT 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2752 12/20 Sept. 23, 2014 8 a.m. 12 p.m. T Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 6

Introduces students to formularies, manual and electronic distribution systems, and procedures for hospital practice. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $53.50. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Discuss the origins and purposes of a formulary
  • Describe universal precautions and how to avoid contamination
  • Demonstrate correct unit dose procedures
  • Transcribe medications orders
  • Analyze the variety of automated distribution systems and how they have changed pharmacy practice

GENERIC DRUG NAMES PART II

PT 153

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
27C2 12/20 Sept. 23, 2014 7:30 a.m. 8 a.m. T Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 3

Continues the exploration of the top 200 drugs prescribed in the United States each year, adding the component of drugs used. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with a grade of B or above.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Identify the Brand name to the generic name of the top 200 drugs
  • Identify the therapeutic class
  • Recognize the common dosage forms
  • Compare the routes of administration
  • List the most commons diluents, and intravenous fluids used in hospital practice with drugs specific to that setting

PHARMACEUTICAL CALCULATIONS

PT 156

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2772 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 10 a.m. 12 p.m. T Autry, T. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 2

Math specific to the practice of pharmacy will be explored. Prerequisites: High school diploma or high school equivalency diploma. Computer literate. Ability to speak, read, and write the English language. Successful completion of Math 107, 108, or 109, or higher. Successful completion of a 5 credit Medical Terminology course. Successful completion of CAH 105 Computer Applications. All courses must be completed with a B or above. Additional Fee: $34.50. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Describe the four systems of measurement commonly used in pharmacy
  • Calculate equivalent measurements within the metric system
  • Convert units of measure between the metric system, apothecary system, and the household system
  • Demonstrate accurate dosage calculations using the various methods covered

STERILE PARENTERAL PRODUCT PREPARATIONS

PT 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2782 12/20 Sept. 23, 2014 12 p.m. 1:30 p.m. TTh Sparks, M. Bldg. 21, Rm. 214

Credits: 3

Apply the techniques learned to make intravenous admixture and chemotherapy products. Prerequisite: Successful completion of PT 121, PT 124, PT 130, PT 144, PT 156 with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $39.25. Hybrid. Section 2782 is web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate aseptic technique
  • Discuss the equipment and procedures used in preparing parenterals
  • Discuss resources, personnel utilization, and general economic considerations of sterile product preparation
  • Demonstrate positive/negative pressure
  • Discuss total parenteral nutrition solutions and their components
  • Demonstrate the ability to correctly prepare parenteral products

COMMUNITY PHARMACY CLINICAL CAPSTONE

PT 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2792 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Autry, T. Bldg.

Credits: 7

Students will spend five and a half weeks in a Community Pharmacy setting. While in this capstone experience, students will perform the duties of a community pharmacy technician under the direct supervision of a pharmacist preceptor. There will be ongoing contact with the instructor in the form of site visits and seminars. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all in-class pharmacy technician requirements with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate effective communication skills with customers and members of the pharmacy team
  • Demonstrate the ability to process prescriptions in a timely manner
  • Apply basic phone communication principles in the pharmacy setting
  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student pharmacy technician level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct and attendance according to program standards
  • Construct a professional resume
  • Demonstrate confidence in interview setting
  • Complete and pass the National Certification Exam recognized by Washington State
  • Develop career seeking skills

INSTITUTIONAL CLINICAL CAPSTONE

PT 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
27A2 15/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Autry, T. Bldg.

Credits: 7

Students will spend five and a half weeks in an institutional pharmacy setting. While in this capstone experience, students will perform the duties of an institutional pharmacy technician under the direct supervision of a pharmacist preceptor. There will be ongoing contact with the instructor in the form of site visits and seminars. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all in-class pharmacy technician requirements with grades of B or above in all courses. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate effective communication skills with customers and members of the pharmacy team
  • Demonstrate the ability to process medical orders in a timely manner
  • Apply basic phone communication principles in the pharmacy setting
  • Participate as a member of the health care team on a student pharmacy technician level
  • Demonstrate principles of professional appearance, conduct and attendance according to program standards
  • Construct a professional resume
  • Demonstrate confidence in interview setting
  • Complete and pass the National Certification Exam recognized by Washington State
  • Develop career seeking skills

SUCCESSFUL CAREER DEVELOPMENT

RBM 121

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57D2 5/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Participate in self-analysis, goal setting, career exploration, personal appearance and grooming, resume writing, application letter writing, the employment interview, communication of ideas, interviewing practice, and other techniques of successful career development. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the types of jobs they’d like (Identify Your Target)
  • Develop relationships with prospective employers (Network and Interview)
  • Develop professional presentation techniques
  • Produce a resume and cover letter
  • Create a brag book

CUSTOMER SERVICE STRATEGIES

RBM 123

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5752 4/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Concepts of effective customer service, step-by-step suggestions for improving your skills, and valuable references for delivering exceptional internal and external customer service skills. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the elements of service culture
  • Describe the advantages of customer focused behavior
  • Explain the four steps in the listening process
  • Identify techniques for reducing stress
  • Explain how to establish and maintain trust with customers

FUNDAMENTALS OF RETAIL MATHEMATICS

RBM 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5732 2/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Implement business applications of mathematical concepts. This course includes a brief math review; cash and trade discounts; markups and markdowns; insurance; inventory pricing; bank statements; credit, mortgage loans, statistical techniques, and payroll computations; promissory notes; simple interest and discounting; compound interest and present value; annuities; and depreciation. Fee: $375.00

ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

RBM 128

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5742 12/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Prepares students to communicate effectively in business settings by helping them develop superior written and oral communication skills. This course focuses on traditional and web-based forms of communication, as seen in business today, including email, letters, memos, reports, proposals, and presentations. Upon completion of Business Communications, students will know how to plan, write, and revise communications for a variety of audiences, both in print and online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Define communication as a process and explain how it applies to business
  • Identify different kinds of business communication and explain when and why they are used
  • Demonstrate how to write for different purposes, including positive communications.
  • Identify appropriate workplace behavior, including how to communicate effectively with coworkers and teammates

SPEAKING FOR SUCCESS

RBM 129

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5722 8/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Theory and practice in composing and presenting oral business communications, both impromptu and prepared. Effective writing of business documents, methods of research, and presentation of oral class reports. Additional Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate written and verbal effective communication skills
  • Present one’s ideas through oral communication
  • Demonstrate professional presentation techniques
  • Understanding how ethics can be applied to the public speaking context
  • Demonstrate how to effectively organize a speech

EFFECTIVE SELLING

RBM 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57G2 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Nature and scope of selling and understanding buying motives with strong emphasis on the selling process, prospecting, pre-approach, demonstration of products and services, and closing. While we use the traditional selling tenets as its foundation, this course adapts the concepts to the rapidly changing world of business in today’s environment, including the use of Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, blogs, wikis, and other interactive ways of connecting with customers. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • How to prepare a successful product presentation
  • Identify the process for building self-esteem for success in sales
  • Identify the concepts of a marketing approach
  • Recognize and analyze the effects of sales promotion

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

RBM 140

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5772 4/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Learn essential skills for operating an effective business. Topics include employee productivity, project management, human resources and job design, forecasting, statistical process control, and supply chain management. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understanding financial, social, and environmental performance
  • Demonstrate an understanding of vision
  • Making choices that leads to high performance
  • Demonstrate motivational concepts
  • Identify the process for short-term scheduling

FUNDAMENTALS OF SUPERVISION

RBM 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5782 8/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Emphasis on the human factor in business, the job of the supervisor, human relations, the art of leadership, converting policy into action, job analysis and performance, how and when to discipline, and effective supervising techniques for a diverse workplace. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify the role of ethics in supervision
  • Explain the supervisor’s role in management and delegation
  • Understanding of the hiring and firing process
  • Understanding corporate culture and the responsibilities of the supervisor
  • Identify corporate responsibility pertaining to ethics

MARKETING - PRESENTATION & SURVEY SKILLS

RBM 142

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5792 7/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Methods and techniques of marketing research and the principles on which they are based. Includes the elements of the research process, evaluation and effective presentation of findings. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understanding of the term marketing and its many forms
  • Define and apply knowledge of the following key marketing concepts:
  • target marketing
  • branding
  • buying behavior in consumer and business markets
  • pricing
  • Understanding how marketing decisions are influenced by:
  • various forces in business
  • trends that affect current and future marketing practices
  • Apply retail management concepts and practices to real world situations

PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING

RBM 143

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57A2 9/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Provides an introduction to retail management operations and merchandising. Covers retail target markets, trading-area analysis and site selection, retail organization, buying, handling financial management of merchandise, development of retail image, customer service, and control of retail operations. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Explain the types of retail operations
  • Describe the buying behavior of the consumer
  • Explain the elements of retail location management
  • List the components for information systems
  • Describe the process for measuring the distribution of goods and services

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY

RBM 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57B2 4/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 3

Gain hands-on experience with the fundamentals of Office, like entering data, formatting, copying and pasting, basic formula construction, auto summing and more. It not only teaches you the basics of Microsoft Office but the thinking and mechanics of how to apply it to your everyday retail problems. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Understand the skills for entering data on Microsoft Office worksheets
  • Use the Microsoft Office program menu system and toolbars
  • Understand the skills for using Microsoft Office worksheet functions
  • Identify the applications using worksheet cells and ranges

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

RBM 158

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57C2 6/35 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 6

Identify the role of human resource management, including its scope and responsibilities. Students will examine the principles and methods used in the recruitment, selection, placement, and training of employees. Major laws, trends, and issues related to human resource administration will be discussed. Also offered online. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate appropriate workplace behavior
  • Understand successful employment behavior
  • Apply transferable skills in the workplace
  • Develop an understanding of human relations attitudes

E-COMMERCE PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS

RBM 159

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
5762 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

This introduction to the world of electronic commerce provides the tools necessary to understand and capitalize on the explosion of Internet-based business in today’s economy. Study the technologies used to create new opportunities for business-to-business and business-to-customer services. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Learn real-world examples of successful and unsuccessful electronic commerce
  • Comprehend insight into the real-life struggles, accomplishments, of e-commerce
  • Hands-on experience applying text concepts to actual situations faced by real companies
  • Demonstrate understanding of successful E-Commerce practices

SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING

RBM 163

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57H2 1/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 4

Social Media Marketing will give you a practical approach to developing successful social media marketing plans. A proven eight-step social media planning model provides students with a cumulative learning experience, showing them how to construct social media strategies that achieve desired marketing goals. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • The student learns how to listen to the social web to identify marketing opportunities and potential target audiences
  • How to set marketing goals and strategies
  • Selecting the optimal social media tools
  • Implementation tactics to execute, monitor, and tune social media marketing campaigns for success

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

RBM 165

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57J2 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces students to key financial management topics that give insight into the issues and challenges facing financial managers every day. Examines the latest financial developments, including a discussion on IPOs as a broad topic, and the sale of stock. This course delivers the solid understanding of financial management a business student needs for future success.

Course Outcomes

  • Apply basic math skills to calculate interest, payroll, rate of change, discounts, markup and pricing
  • Identify the interrelationships among standard financial reports
  • Interpret and analyze financial information to make business decisions
  • Determine how internal controls affect profitability for ethical decision making
  • Prepare operational budgets
  • Produce projected pro-forma financial statements and forecasts

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ETIQUETTE

RBM 201

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
57F2 3/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Reygers, R. Online

Credits: 5

A professional class designed to give an understanding of business etiquette. Put your best professional foot forward with Introduction to Business Etiquette. This course covers all the important issues and concepts without confusing the student with excess material. This class covers basic digital etiquette and provides information on how to create and maintain business relationships. Fee: $375.00

Course Outcomes

  • Demonstrate basic communication etiquette
  • Understand Digital etiquette
  • Identify steps in creating a successful meeting
  • Understanding of cross-cultural etiquette

KITCHEN AND DINING MANAGEMENT

REST 107

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3262 4/20 Oct. 1, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 3

Learn how to communicate with, lead and manage different types of people. This entails how to hire and fire, inventory control, writing job descriptions and creating performance reviews for both front and back of the house. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: REST 112 Additional Fee: $89.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand and model merchandising menu items to guests
  • Produce a workable inventory system and demonstrate ability to maintain accuracy
  • Write a schedule for kitchen staff according to budget and forecasting
  • Produce an opening and closing checklist for each station front and back of the house
  • Understand the concept of food cost control through portion management
  • Understand the importance of accurate timings
  • Plan and execute a pre shift meeting
  • Proper cash handling in food service environment
  • Produce workable ordering guides and pars for all food and beverage items
  • Thorough understanding of how to deal with guest complaints
  • Describe ways to manage guests with special needs
  • Demonstrate the ability to plan, develop and execute different menus

RESTAURANT DINING

REST 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3272 11/20 Oct. 1, 2014 9 a.m. 1:45 p.m. WThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 31

Credits: 7

Familiarizes the student with all aspects of running a casual-style dining room that is open to the public. Included are opening/closing procedures, table setup, customer service techniques, leadership, sanitation and safety procedures. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $108.25

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand and model merchandising menu items to guests
  • Plan and execute a pre shift meeting
  • Proper cash handling in food service environment
  • Understand and execute opening and closing procedures for all workgroups in dining room
  • Have a thorough knowledge of dining room sanitation and safety
  • Describe ways to manage guests with special needs
  • Thorough understanding of how to deal with guest complaints
  • Produce position plans for all work groups in dining room
  • Produce and implement appraisal system for all work groups in dining room

FOOD SERVICE NUTRITION

REST 122

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3282 20/20 Oct. 2, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. ThF Jolly, W. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 4

Learn the basics of food service nutrition for culinary professionals. This class will teach students about the biological process that occurs as you eat, what constitutes a healthy diet, and gain an understanding of the structure and functions of food. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the basics of human nutrition
  • Understand the digestion process
  • Demonstrate the ability to understand food labels
  • Understand the laws that govern food labeling
  • Understand the structure, function, and metabolism of food components
  • Understand the characteristic of vitamins
  • Design menus for different demographics, with differing dietary needs according to USDA guidelines
  • Understand the correlation between diet and degenerative disease

FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING

REST 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
3292 20/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. MTW Jolly, W. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 4

Prepares students to understand, interpret, and analyze financial statements, budgeting, cash flow, and cash management. This gives students a chance to become familiar with financial statements prior to entering the workforce. Instructor permission required.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Explain the role of accurate budgets and prepare one
  • Identify budgetary problems, determine likely causes and prepare a plan for correcting them
  • Understand the foodservice accounting system
  • Understand credits/debits
  • Understand how to monitor expenditure accounts
  • Demonstrate the ability to develop plans for purchasing
  • Demonstrate how to do a budget comparison for a specific time period
  • Understand what creditors look for when making a decision
  • Understand ratios and how to use them as a monitoring tool
  • Understand the importance of ethical practices in business

BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT

REST 131

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32A2 7/20 Oct. 1, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Jolly, W. Arranged

Credits: 4

Develop a restaurant concept from start to finish, including a hands-on look at how to develop a business plan to present to possible investors. Students will practice decision-making and problem-solving skills through creating and planning their own concept. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $94.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Demonstrate understanding of writing a business plan
  • Demonstrate proficiency in conducting market research
  • Demonstrate proficiency in written communication
  • Obtain general knowledge of what goes in a business plan
  • Design a restaurant concept and create basic business plan around the concept
  • Create a job portfolio (cover letter, resume and references)

BEVERAGE SERVICE

REST 133

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32B2 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 1:45 p.m. M Jolly, W. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 4

Learn to set up and manage a beverage service operation successfully. Includes the history of bar service, beverage-making ingredients and processes, safety, and sanitation in the bar. Instructor permission required. Additional Fee: $75.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Know the history of beer
  • Understand the beer making process and different styles of beer
  • Know the history of wine making
  • Understand the winemaking process and terminology
  • Know the history of distilled spirits
  • Understand the distilling process and the components of spirits
  • Understand the importance of sanitation and safety in the bar
  • Understand the laws that govern beverage service in the state of Washington

HOSPITALITY LAW

REST 137

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
32C2 20/20 Sept. 30, 2014 11 a.m. 1:45 p.m. T Jolly, W. Bldg. 25, Rm. 103

Credits: 4

Learn about laws affecting the hospitality industry on both a national and state level. This class will look at operating an establishment according to government regulations regarding sales, civil rights, liability, administration issues and organization. Additional Fee: $75.00

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Understand the legal responsibilities of managers
  • Identify legal issues in selecting employees
  • Identify a manager’s responsibility concerning customers
  • Understand legal concerns in serving food and beverages
  • Have an understanding of legal aspects related to safety and security
  • Understand management ethics and the law
  • Identify different types of contracts and how to write them

DIAGNOSTICS AND TESTING

SBS 170

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2202 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Overview of the equipment, technology, systems, and software used to measure a building’s energy usage and loss. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use tools and equipment to find heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy

INDOOR AIR TESTING

SBS 175

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2212 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

An introduction to understanding and diagnosing environmental problems in residential structures, and the means for mitigating those issues. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe indoor air quality in the building environment with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose indoor air quality problems in the building environment with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate indoor air problems in the building environment with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use diagnostic tools and equipment for problems with indoor air quality in the building environment with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document results of indoor air testing in the building environment with a minimum of 70% accuracy

THERMOGRAPHY

SBS 180

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2222 7/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

Introduction to infrared thermography, its principles, and the proper operations of IR camera equipment for diagnosing problems that lead to energy loss in a building. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe infrared thermography in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose infrared heat loss in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate infrared defects in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use infrared equipment with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document infrared results in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy

SERVICE LEARNING PROJECT

SBS 185

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
2232 2/20 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 2 p.m. Daily Smith, D. Bldg. 05, Rm. 100

Credits: 3

A capstone project that gives students an opportunity to apply their sustainable building science knowledge in a real life setting, focusing on helping nonprofit organizations achieve sustainability in the buildings where they live, work, and serve the public. Additional Fee: $30.00. Web enhanced.

COURSE OUTCOMES

  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will describe the advantages of green building with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will diagnose sustainable features in the building envelope with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will locate areas opportunity for sustainability with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will use skills learned in the SBS program with a minimum of 70% accuracy
  • Given the lectures and lab activities the student will document the improvements they have facilitated in their community with a minimum of 70% accuracy

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY

SOC& 101

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
0560 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 11 a.m. 11:50 a.m. Daily Rose-Pennisi, T. Bldg. 16, Rm. 205
0558 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Anderson, C. Online
0557 30/30 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Rose-Pennisi, T. Online
0559 30/30 Sept. 23, 2014 10 a.m. 10:50 a.m. Arranged Loveless-Morris, J. Bldg. 11, Rm. 127

Credits: 5

Focuses on understanding and applying the sociological perspective, which stresses the importance of the impact of social forces external to the individual in shaping people’s lives and experiences. Topics studied will include socialization, social interaction, culture, groups, social structure, deviance, social inequality, social class, race, gender, institutions (political, economic, educational, and family), collective behavior and social change. Students will be asked to learn the basic concepts, theories, and perspectives of sociology; to see how these operate in terms of social processes, structures, and events; and to apply this knowledge to better understand the social world. Prerequisite: Appropriate COMPASS/SLEP placement score or successful completion of ENG 094. Additional Fee: $25.00. Sections 0542, 0544, 0559, and 0560 are hybrid.

Course Outcomes

  • Utilize technology to research sociology subject matter
  • Identify and apply sociological perspectives of covered topics
  • Accurately describe the origins of sociology, key figures and key concepts

PATIENT CARE THEORY I

SURG 126

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4002 16/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Clark, K. Online

Credits: 5

Covers surgical attire, instrument groups, OR preparation and equipment, case selection, patient transfer, positioning, skin preparation and draping concepts, patient identification, and consent. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 136, 137, 138, 146.

PHARMACOLOGY & ANESTHESIA

SURG 127

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4012 16/20 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Clark, K. Online

Credits: 5

Introduces the student to basic surgical-related pharmacologic and anesthetic principles, including drug classification, proper medication labeling and handling, aseptic medication preparation, and usage principles of anesthesia administration and monitoring, including complications and intervention. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 136, 137, 138,146.

OPERATING ROOM THEORY II

SURG 141

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4022 16/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 9 a.m. WThF Clark, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 113

Credits: 8

Classroom and lab presentations of surgical specialties to include otorhinolaryngologic, orthopedic, oral/maxillofacial, plastic/reconstructive procedures, and surgical anatomy. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 136, 137, 138,146. Hybrid.

SURGICAL LAB II

SURG 151

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4032 19/20 Sept. 22, 2014 9:30 a.m. 1:30 p.m. TWThF Clark, K. Bldg. 21, Rm. 120

Credits: 5

Lab presentations and practice of surgical procedures to include otorhinolaryngologic, oral/maxillofacial, and plastic/reconstructive procedures. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 136, 137, 138, 146. Hybrid.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS I

SURG 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4042 11/20 Sept. 29, 2014 6:30 a.m. 4 p.m. MTWTh Armstrong, R. Bldg.

Credits: 5

Provides the framework for the student to receive experience in the operating room. Through one-on-one training in a perioperative setting, the student will develop the professional attitude, behavior, and skills to reinforce their role as a member of the perioperative team. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 130, 206, 207, 211. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

CLINICAL APPLICATIONS II

SURG 220

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4052 11/20 Nov. 3, 2014 6:30 a.m. 4 p.m. MTWTh Armstrong, R. Bldg.

Credits: 5

See Clinical Applications. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 130, 206, 207, 211, 215. Additional Fee: $14.00. Hybrid.

SEMINAR I

SURG 235

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
4062 11/20 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 11 a.m. F Armstrong, R. Bldg. 21

Credits: 3

Classroom presentations on health and wellness, and death and dying. Classroom preparation for the NBSTSA Certification Exam. Prerequisites: Successful completion of SURG 130, 206, 207, 211. Hybrid.

WELDING THEORY I

WLD 105

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98J2 18/20 Sept. 25, 2014 6 p.m. 9:30 p.m. TWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 403
9802 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 8 a.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 5

Introduces the tools and equipment used in welding. Includes safety considerations, electrical principles, weld quality, and technical orientation for select welding and cutting processes. Co-requisites: WLD 110 and WLD 112. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Identify hazards associated with welding/metal working and develop strategies for injury prevention
  • Perform basic trade calculations, including arithmetic with conventional and decimal fractions
  • Use measuring instruments to establish lengths and angles
  • Explain basic electrical principles as they apply to welding and cutting
  • Describe the characteristics and operation of oxyacetylene welding and cutting, plasma arc cutting, carbon arc gouging and shielded metal arc welding
  • Explain the proper use of tools and equipment used to support welding and fabrication
  • Identify weld flaws and provide solutions for prevention
  • Identify employment opportunities related to welding

THERMAL CUTTING AND GOUGING

WLD 110

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98K2 18/20 Sept. 25, 2014 6 p.m. 9:30 p.m. TWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 403
9812 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 3

Develops the knowledge and skills for manual and machine-guided oxyfuel cutting, manual plasma arc cutting, and carbon arc gouging. Co-requisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and apply the most suitable cutting or gouging process with respect to job requirements
  • Prepare and adjust plasma arc, carbon arc and oxyfuel cutting equipment
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use manually controlled and machine guided oxyfuel cutting equipment to produce cuts in carbon steel sheet, plate, and pipe
  • Use carbon arc cutting equipment to gouge for weld preparation and weld removal
  • Use plasma arc cutting equipment to produce cuts in carbon steel, aluminum and stainless steel sheets and plates
  • Troubleshoot cut discontinuities and take corrective action

OXYACETYLENE WELDING AND BRAZING

WLD 112

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9822 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403
98L2 18/20 Sept. 25, 2014 6 p.m. 9:30 p.m. TWTh Staff Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 4

Develops the knowledge and skill for welding, brazing, and braze welding various joint designs using oxyacetylene equipment. Co-requisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the oxyacetylene welding process to make groove and fillet welds on carbon steel in the flat, horizontal and vertical positions
  • Use oxyacetylene equipment to braze and braze weld carbon steel and cast iron
  • Troubleshoot weld and braze discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING I

WLD 116

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9832 2/0 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Introduces the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process with emphasis on skill development using deep penetrating electrodes in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the SMAW process with deep penetrating electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the flat and horizontal positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING II

WLD 120

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9842 5/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Builds further skill with SMAW deep penetrating electrodes by welding various joints in the vertical and overhead positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use the SMAW process with deep penetrating electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the vertical and overhead positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING III

WLD 124

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9852 5/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops understanding of the applications and techniques for using low hydrogen SMAW electrodes in the flat and horizontal positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use SMAW low hydrogen electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the flat and horizontal positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING IV

WLD 135

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9862 6/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops further skill with SMAW low hydrogen electrodes by welding various joint designs in the vertical and overhead positions. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use SMAW low hydrogen electrodes to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in the vertical and overhead positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

PRINT READING FOR WELDERS

WLD 144

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9872 10/6 Sept. 22, 2014 8 a.m. 9 a.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 5

Develops the ability to interpret prints used in welding and fabrication. Introduction to sketching, lines, views, visualization, dimensioning, applied math, and welding symbols. Prerequisite: WLD 105. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Communicate through sketching of isometric and oblique drawings
  • Visualize objects and assemblies from orthographic views
  • Create a bill of materials using industry nomenclature
  • Define standard welding symbols and describe the rules for their application
  • Calculate dimensions of component parts and assemblies
  • Describe related manufacturing processes and explain the associated conventions and symbology

GAS METAL ARC WELDING

WLD 152

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9882 6/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas metal arc welding process to join carbon steels and aluminum with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GMAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels and aluminum in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

FLUX CORED ARC WELDING I

WLD 168

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
9892 1/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use gas-shielded flux cored arc welding electrodes to join carbon steels with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use FCAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in all positions with gas-shielded electrodes
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

FLUX CORED ARC WELDING II

WLD 172

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98A2 1/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use self-shielded flux cored arc welding to join carbon steels with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of or concurrent enrollment in WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use FCAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon steels in all positions with self-shielded electrodes
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

PREPARATION FOR WELDING CERTIFICATION

WLD 177

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98B2 5/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 2

Develops skill in preparation for employer, Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO), or similar welder qualification tests. Prerequisite: WLD 142, or instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Outline organizations involved with developing welding codes and describe their applications
  • Develop a sample Welding Procedure Specification
  • Describe weld acceptance criteria for certification in accordance with the Washington Association of Building Officials Standard 27-13
  • Produce welds with select processes which meet acceptance criteria
  • Perform destructive testing and evaluate welds with respect to the appropriate standard

FABRICATION

WLD 179

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98C2 5/6 Sept. 22, 2014 9:15 a.m. 11:15 a.m. F Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 3

Develops knowledge in project planning, layout methods, fixturing, distortion control, and the use of tools and equipment for metal fabrication. Prerequisite: WLD 144. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Describe manufacturing processes with relationships to welding
  • Interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component parts and assemblies
  • Cut materials to length using saws, shears, and thermal cutting equipment
  • Punch, drill, and tap holes in specified locations
  • Form sheet metal and tubing
  • Tack weld component parts and insure dimensional accuracy of an assembly
  • Control distortion with tools and welding techniques
  • Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment

GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING I

WLD 210

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98D2 2/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas tungsten arc welding process to join carbon and stainless steels with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, metal thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GTAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on carbon and stainless steels in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING II

WLD 213

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98F2 3/6 Sept. 22, 2014 7 a.m. 12:15 p.m. Daily Main, D. Bldg. 25, Rm. 403

Credits: 7

Develops the ability to use the gas tungsten arc welding process to join aluminum alloys with various joint designs in all positions. Prerequisite: Completion of, or concurrent enrollment in, WLD 142. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Select and prepare base and filler metals for welding
  • Prepare and adjust equipment based on metal type, thickness, joint design and position
  • Troubleshoot and accomplish minor repairs to equipment
  • Demonstrate safe work habits
  • Use GTAW equipment to make fillet and groove welds on aluminum in all positions
  • Troubleshoot weld discontinuities and take corrective action

COOPERATIVE WORK EXPERIENCE

WLD 215

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98G2 0/6 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Main, D. Arranged

Credits: 5

Provides on-the-job practical experience under the supervision of an employer. Instructor permission is required for site choice. Prerequisite: Advanced standing with instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Research and interview with employers to obtain a cooperative work experience which meets personal and organizational objectives
  • Obtain on-the-job practical trade experience while providing valued assistance to the employer

SPECIAL PROJECTS

WLD 217

Item # Enrollment Start Date Start Time End Time Days Instructor Location
98H2 2/6 Sept. 22, 2014 Arranged Arranged Arranged Main, D. Arranged

Credits: 5

Develops skills in print reading, project planning, layout, distortion control, and other fabrication techniques. Students will have the opportunity to apply knowledge to projects of personal interest and/or as assigned. Prerequisite: Advanced standing with instructor’s permission. Additional Fee: $80.00

Course Outcomes

  • Create or interpret drawings/prints and plan fabrication requirements of all component parts and assemblies
  • Cut materials to size using saws, shears, and thermal cutting equipment
  • Punch, drill and tap holes in specified locations
  • Form sheet metal and tubing
  • Tack weld component parts and insure dimensional accuracy of an assembly
  • Objective 6 Control distortion with tools and welding techniques.
  • Objective 7 Demonstrate safe work habits and the proper use of tools and equipment.